Complex Numbers

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package chromedp is a high level Chrome DevTools Protocol client that simplifies driving browsers for scraping, unit testing, or profiling web pages using the CDP. chromedp requires no third-party dependencies, implementing the async Chrome DevTools Protocol entirely in Go. This package includes a number of simple examples. Additionally, https://github.com/chromedp/examples contains more complex examples.

Package chromedp is a high level Chrome DevTools Protocol client that simplifies driving browsers for scraping, unit testing, or profiling web pages using the CDP. chromedp requires no third-party dependencies, implementing the async Chrome DevTools Protocol entirely in Go. This package includes a number of simple examples. Additionally, https://github.com/chromedp/examples contains more complex examples.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package cosmo implements basic cosmology calculations in Go. FLRW is the basic interface type that defines the key cosmological functions common to all supported cosmologies. The Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker (FLRW) metric is the general form that all homogenous, isotropic, connected cosmologies follow. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Friedmann-Lema%C3%AEtre-Robertson-Walker_metric Provides: Equations and numerical formulae based on Organizational thoughts based on code in astropy.cosmology Performance Notes: 1. Calculating a single line-of-sight comoving distance takes from 890ns - 260µs, depending on the complexity of the cosmology. Analytic cases take ~1µs, while explicit integration is ~200µs. These numbers are based on the output of `go test -bench ComovingDistance` run on a 2015 MacBook Air: dual-core 2.2 GHz Intel Core i7, 8 GB 1600 MHz DDR3; with Mac OS X 10.13.2 and go 1.9.2 2. The current types FlatLCDM, LambdaCDM, WCDM, WACDM implement their methods as value receivers. There's a mild performance hit for using value receivers instead of pointer receivers. This performance penalty is 40% for individual calls to E or Einv but this penalty is only 1-2% for calls to the general *Distance methods. For now the use case model seems more amenable to value receivers -- conceptually, the cosmologies should be immutable -- and the performance penalty is acceptable.

Package chromedp is a high level Chrome DevTools Protocol client that simplifies driving browsers for scraping, unit testing, or profiling web pages using the CDP. chromedp requires no third-party dependencies, implementing the async Chrome DevTools Protocol entirely in Go. This package includes a number of simple examples. Additionally, https://github.com/chromedp/examples contains more complex examples.

Radix package provide radix algorithm. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radix_tree • This implementation allow indexing key with a bit precision. The wikipedia reference show a radix tree with a byte precision. It seems natural with string. This radix tree is designed to manipulate networks. • Each tree could accept ~2x10^12 nodes. • Keys are 16bit encoded, so could have 64k bytes of length. • Like most tree algothm, keys are stored sorted, accessing the little or greater value is very fast. • Lookup algortithm complexity is O(log(n)), tree depth is log(n). • The package provide facility to use string, uint64 and network as key. It is written to be fast and save memory. Below basic benchmark using CPU "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-1068NG7 CPU @ 2.30GHz". Using IPv4 networks as key. The benchmark code is provided in radix_test.go file with a reference dataset. • Index 2 649 172 entries in 1.22s, so 2.17M insert/s • Lookup 1 000 000 random data in 0.78s with 146 190 hit, 853 810 miss, so 1.28M lookup/s • Browse 2 649 172 entries in 0.47s, so 5.64M read/s • Delete 2 649 172 sequential data in 0.74s, so 3.58M delete/s Nothing about memory consumation in this test beacause it hard to measure relevant data, because the garbage collector. The tree use two kind of nodes. Internal node `type node struct` were are not exported and leaf node `type Node struct`. These name are ambiguous, this is due to a necessary compatibility with existing programs. Node are just an interface{} associated with a `node struct`. Because this king of tree could contains millions of entries, it is important to use the mimnimum of memory. Member structs are obviously sorted in order to respect alignment packing data without hole. In other way, I used three means to compact memory: 1. Saving memory : use string in place of []byte The most simpler is storing []byte with string type. The string uses 16 byte, the []byte uses 24 bytes. 2. Saving memory : use 32bit reference in place of 64bit pointers More tricky, how use 32bit reference in place of 64bit pointers for chaining nodes. I use memory pool and 64k array of 64k array of nodes. The following explanation is not complete, but the code comment contains more information. There just an introduction. Usage of memory pool implies while the radix tree is in use, allocated node are not garbage colected. memory_pool growth by block of 64k nodes. Each time there are no free node, memory pool has one more slot of 64k node. memory_backref is dichotomic sorted list of pointer start and stop which reference the memory_pool index which contains pointer. ptr_start = &[0]node, ptr_stop = &[65535]node. memory_free is the list of avalaible nodes. node pointer from reference = &memory_pool[x][y], where x and y and 16bit values node reference from pointer: • x = dichotomic search of memory_pool_index in memory_backref array using &node pointer reference • y = (&node - ptr_start) / node_size In reality, there are two distinct pool per tree using this concept. The pool of node and the pool of leaf. the memory_backref contains also a boolean value to distinct these two kind of pool. In reality x is not used until 64k but limited to 32k and the msb is used to differenciate the two pools. 3. Saving memory : split node types according with their kind to avoid interface{} pointer Some node are used for internal chainaing, other nodes are used to display data. data is stored in an interface which uses 16bytes. It is garbage to let these 16bytes for each nodes. there the approximatively the same numbers of internal nodes than exposed nodes, so for 1M data indexed, 1M of internal nodes. I use a property which is &Node adress = &Node.node adress. I manipulate only node to chain each data. If I need to insert a leaf, I use Node.node. When I browse the tree I need to kwnown if I encounter leaf or node. I just chack the msb of the reference.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

This Package implements operations for large complex numbers modulo P. The functions can be used for a Diffie-Hellman key exchange, where P is usually a prime number.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package CloudForest implements ensembles of decision trees for machine learning in pure Go (golang to search engines). It allows for a number of related algorithms for classification, regression, feature selection and structure analysis on heterogeneous numerical/categorical data with missing values. These include: Breiman and Cutler's Random Forest for Classification and Regression Adaptive Boosting (AdaBoost) Classification Gradiant Boosting Tree Regression Entropy and Cost driven classification L1 regression Feature selection with artificial contrasts Proximity and model structure analysis Roughly balanced bagging for unbalanced classification The API hasn't stabilized yet and may change rapidly. Tests and benchmarks have been performed only on embargoed data sets and can not yet be released. Library Documentation is in code and can be viewed with godoc or live at: http://godoc.org/github.com/ryanbressler/CloudForest Documentation of command line utilities and file formats can be found in README.md, which can be viewed fromated on github: http://github.com/ryanbressler/CloudForest Pull requests and bug reports are welcome. CloudForest was created by Ryan Bressler and is being developed in the Shumelivich Lab at the Institute for Systems Biology for use on genomic/biomedical data with partial support from The Cancer Genome Atlas and the Inova Translational Medicine Institute. CloudForest is intended to provide fast, comprehensible building blocks that can be used to implement ensembles of decision trees. CloudForest is written in Go to allow a data scientist to develop and scale new models and analysis quickly instead of having to modify complex legacy code. Data structures and file formats are chosen with use in multi threaded and cluster environments in mind. Go's support for function types is used to provide a interface to run code as data is percolated through a tree. This method is flexible enough that it can extend the tree being analyzed. Growing a decision tree using Breiman and Cutler's method can be done in an anonymous function/closure passed to a tree's root node's Recurse method: This allows a researcher to include whatever additional analysis they need (importance scores, proximity etc) in tree growth. The same Recurse method can also be used to analyze existing forests to tabulate scores or extract structure. Utilities like leafcount and errorrate use this method to tabulate data about the tree in collection objects. Decision tree's are grown with the goal of reducing "Impurity" which is usually defined as Gini Impurity for categorical targets or mean squared error for numerical targets. CloudForest grows trees against the Target interface which allows for alternative definitions of impurity. CloudForest includes several alternative targets: Additional targets can be stacked on top of these target to add boosting functionality: Repeatedly splitting the data and searching for the best split at each node of a decision tree are the most computationally intensive parts of decision tree learning and CloudForest includes optimized code to perform these tasks. Go's slices are used extensively in CloudForest to make it simple to interact with optimized code. Many previous implementations of Random Forest have avoided reallocation by reordering data in place and keeping track of start and end indexes. In go, slices pointing at the same underlying arrays make this sort of optimization transparent. For example a function like: can return left and right slices that point to the same underlying array as the original slice of cases but these slices should not have their values changed. Functions used while searching for the best split also accepts pointers to reusable slices and structs to maximize speed by keeping memory allocations to a minimum. BestSplitAllocs contains pointers to these items and its use can be seen in functions like: For categorical predictors, BestSplit will also attempt to intelligently choose between 4 different implementations depending on user input and the number of categories. These include exhaustive, random, and iterative searches for the best combination of categories implemented with bitwise operations against int and big.Int. See BestCatSplit, BestCatSplitIter, BestCatSplitBig and BestCatSplitIterBig. All numerical predictors are handled by BestNumSplit which relies on go's sorting package. Training a Random forest is an inherently parallel process and CloudForest is designed to allow parallel implementations that can tackle large problems while keeping memory usage low by writing and using data structures directly to/from disk. Trees can be grown in separate go routines. The growforest utility provides an example of this that uses go routines and channels to grow trees in parallel and write trees to disk as the are finished by the "worker" go routines. The few summary statistics like mean impurity decrease per feature (importance) can be calculated using thread safe data structures like RunningMean. Trees can also be grown on separate machines. The .sf stochastic forest format allows several small forests to be combined by concatenation and the ForestReader and ForestWriter structs allow these forests to be accessed tree by tree (or even node by node) from disk. For data sets that are too big to fit in memory on a single machine Tree.Grow and FeatureMatrix.BestSplitter can be reimplemented to load candidate features from disk, distributed database etc. By default cloud forest uses a fast heuristic for missing values. When proposing a split on a feature with missing data the missing cases are removed and the impurity value is corrected to use three way impurity which reduces the bias towards features with lots of missing data: Missing values in the target variable are left out of impurity calculations. This provided generally good results at a fraction of the computational costs of imputing data. Optionally, feature.ImputeMissing or featurematrixImputeMissing can be called before forest growth to impute missing values to the feature mean/mode which Brieman [2] suggests as a fast method for imputing values. This forest could also be analyzed for proximity (using leafcount or tree.GetLeaves) to do the more accurate proximity weighted imputation Brieman describes. Experimental support is provided for 3 way splitting which splits missing cases onto a third branch. [2] This has so far yielded mixed results in testing. At some point in the future support may be added for local imputing of missing values during tree growth as described in [3] [1] http://www.stat.berkeley.edu/~breiman/RandomForests/cc_home.htm#missing1 [2] https://code.google.com/p/rf-ace/ [3] http://projecteuclid.org/DPubS?verb=Display&version=1.0&service=UI&handle=euclid.aoas/1223908043&page=record In CloudForest data is stored using the FeatureMatrix struct which contains Features. The Feature struct implements storage and methods for both categorical and numerical data and calculations of impurity etc and the search for the best split. The Target interface abstracts the methods of Feature that are needed for a feature to be predictable. This allows for the implementation of alternative types of regression and classification. Trees are built from Nodes and Splitters and stored within a Forest. Tree has a Grow implements Brieman and Cutler's method (see extract above) for growing a tree. A GrowForest method is also provided that implements the rest of the method including sampling cases but it may be faster to grow the forest to disk as in the growforest utility. Prediction and Voting is done using Tree.Vote and CatBallotBox and NumBallotBox which implement the VoteTallyer interface.

Package skipper provides an HTTP routing library with flexible configuration as well as a runtime update of the routing rules. Skipper works as an HTTP reverse proxy that is responsible for mapping incoming requests to multiple HTTP backend services, based on routes that are selected by the request attributes. At the same time, both the requests and the responses can be augmented by a filter chain that is specifically defined for each route. Optionally, it can provide circuit breaker mechanism individually for each backend host. Skipper can load and update the route definitions from multiple data sources without being restarted. It provides a default executable command with a few built-in filters, however, its primary use case is to be extended with custom filters, predicates or data sources. For further information read 'Extending Skipper'. Skipper took the core design and inspiration from Vulcand: https://github.com/mailgun/vulcand. Skipper is 'go get' compatible. If needed, create a 'go workspace' first: Get the Skipper packages: Create a file with a route: Optionally, verify the syntax of the file: Start Skipper and make an HTTP request: The core of Skipper's request processing is implemented by a reverse proxy in the 'proxy' package. The proxy receives the incoming request, forwards it to the routing engine in order to receive the most specific matching route. When a route matches, the request is forwarded to all filters defined by it. The filters can modify the request or execute any kind of program logic. Once the request has been processed by all the filters, it is forwarded to the backend endpoint of the route. The response from the backend goes once again through all the filters in reverse order. Finally, it is mapped as the response of the original incoming request. Besides the default proxying mechanism, it is possible to define routes without a real network backend endpoint. One of these cases is called a 'shunt' backend, in which case one of the filters needs to handle the request providing its own response (e.g. the 'static' filter). Actually, filters themselves can instruct the request flow to shunt by calling the Serve(*http.Response) method of the filter context. Another case of a route without a network backend is the 'loopback'. A loopback route can be used to match a request, modified by filters, against the lookup tree with different conditions and then execute a different route. One example scenario can be to use a single route as an entry point to execute some calculation to get an A/B testing decision and then matching the updated request metadata for the actual destination route. This way the calculation can be executed for only those requests that don't contain information about a previously calculated decision. For further details, see the 'proxy' and 'filters' package documentation. Finding a request's route happens by matching the request attributes to the conditions in the route's definitions. Such definitions may have the following conditions: - method - path (optionally with wildcards) - path regular expressions - host regular expressions - headers - header regular expressions It is also possible to create custom predicates with any other matching criteria. The relation between the conditions in a route definition is 'and', meaning, that a request must fulfill each condition to match a route. For further details, see the 'routing' package documentation. Filters are applied in order of definition to the request and in reverse order to the response. They are used to modify request and response attributes, such as headers, or execute background tasks, like logging. Some filters may handle the requests without proxying them to service backends. Filters, depending on their implementation, may accept/require parameters, that are set specifically to the route. For further details, see the 'filters' package documentation. Each route has one of the following backends: HTTP endpoint, shunt, loopback or dynamic. Backend endpoints can be any HTTP service. They are specified by their network address, including the protocol scheme, the domain name or the IP address, and optionally the port number: e.g. "https://www.example.org:4242". (The path and query are sent from the original request, or set by filters.) A shunt route means that Skipper handles the request alone and doesn't make requests to a backend service. In this case, it is the responsibility of one of the filters to generate the response. A loopback route executes the routing mechanism on current state of the request from the start, including the route lookup. This way it serves as a form of an internal redirect. A dynamic route means that the final target will be defined in a filter. One of the filters in the chain must set the target backend url explicitly. Route definitions consist of the following: - request matching conditions (predicates) - filter chain (optional) - backend The eskip package implements the in-memory and text representations of route definitions, including a parser. (Note to contributors: in order to stay compatible with 'go get', the generated part of the parser is stored in the repository. When changing the grammar, 'go generate' needs to be executed explicitly to update the parser.) For further details, see the 'eskip' package documentation Skipper has filter implementations of basic auth and OAuth2. It can be integrated with tokeninfo based OAuth2 providers. For details, see: https://godoc.org/github.com/zalando/skipper/filters/auth. Skipper's route definitions of Skipper are loaded from one or more data sources. It can receive incremental updates from those data sources at runtime. It provides three different data clients: - Kubernetes: Skipper can be used as part of a Kubernetes Ingress Controller implementation together with https://github.com/zalando-incubator/kube-ingress-aws-controller . In this scenario, Skipper uses the Kubernetes API's Ingress extensions as a source for routing. For a complete deployment example, see more details in: https://github.com/zalando-incubator/kubernetes-on-aws/ . - Innkeeper: the Innkeeper service implements a storage for large sets of Skipper routes, with an HTTP+JSON API, OAuth2 authentication and role management. See the 'innkeeper' package and https://github.com/zalando/innkeeper. - etcd: Skipper can load routes and receive updates from etcd clusters (https://github.com/coreos/etcd). See the 'etcd' package. - static file: package eskipfile implements a simple data client, which can load route definitions from a static file in eskip format. Currently, it loads the routes on startup. It doesn't support runtime updates. Skipper can use additional data sources, provided by extensions. Sources must implement the DataClient interface in the routing package. Skipper provides circuit breakers, configured either globally, based on backend hosts or based on individual routes. It supports two types of circuit breaker behavior: open on N consecutive failures, or open on N failures out of M requests. For details, see: https://godoc.org/github.com/zalando/skipper/circuit. Skipper can be started with the default executable command 'skipper', or as a library built into an application. The easiest way to start Skipper as a library is to execute the 'Run' function of the current, root package. Each option accepted by the 'Run' function is wired in the default executable as well, as a command line flag. E.g. EtcdUrls becomes -etcd-urls as a comma separated list. For command line help, enter: An additional utility, eskip, can be used to verify, print, update and delete routes from/to files or etcd (Innkeeper on the roadmap). See the cmd/eskip command package, and/or enter in the command line: Skipper doesn't use dynamically loaded plugins, however, it can be used as a library, and it can be extended with custom predicates, filters and/or custom data sources. To create a custom predicate, one needs to implement the PredicateSpec interface in the routing package. Instances of the PredicateSpec are used internally by the routing package to create the actual Predicate objects as referenced in eskip routes, with concrete arguments. Example, randompredicate.go: In the above example, a custom predicate is created, that can be referenced in eskip definitions with the name 'Random': To create a custom filter we need to implement the Spec interface of the filters package. 'Spec' is the specification of a filter, and it is used to create concrete filter instances, while the raw route definitions are processed. Example, hellofilter.go: The above example creates a filter specification, and in the routes where they are included, the filter instances will set the 'X-Hello' header for each and every response. The name of the filter is 'hello', and in a route definition it is referenced as: The easiest way to create a custom Skipper variant is to implement the required filters (as in the example above) by importing the Skipper package, and starting it with the 'Run' command. Example, hello.go: A file containing the routes, routes.eskip: Start the custom router: The 'Run' function in the root Skipper package starts its own listener but it doesn't provide the best composability. The proxy package, however, provides a standard http.Handler, so it is possible to use it in a more complex solution as a building block for routing. Skipper provides detailed logging of failures, and access logs in Apache log format. Skipper also collects detailed performance metrics, and exposes them on a separate listener endpoint for pulling snapshots. For details, see the 'logging' and 'metrics' packages documentation. The router's performance depends on the environment and on the used filters. Under ideal circumstances, and without filters, the biggest time factor is the route lookup. Skipper is able to scale to thousands of routes with logarithmic performance degradation. However, this comes at the cost of increased memory consumption, due to storing the whole lookup tree in a single structure. Benchmarks for the tree lookup can be run by: In case more aggressive scale is needed, it is possible to setup Skipper in a cascade model, with multiple Skipper instances for specific route segments.

bíogo is a bioinformatics library for the Go language. It is a work in progress. bíogo stems from the need to address the size and structure of modern genomic and metagenomic data sets. These properties enforce requirements on the libraries and languages used for analysis: In addition to the computational burden of massive data set sizes in modern genomics there is an increasing need for complex pipelines to resolve questions in tightening problem space and also a developing need to be able to develop new algorithms to allow novel approaches to interesting questions. These issues suggest the need for a simplicity in syntax to facilitate: Related to the second issue is the reluctance of some researchers to release code because of quality concerns http://www.nature.com/news/2010/101013/full/467753a.html The issue of code release is the first of the principles formalised in the Science Code Manifesto http://sciencecodemanifesto.org/ A language with a simple, yet expressive, syntax should facilitate development of higher quality code and thus help reduce this barrier to research code release. It seems that nearly every language has it own bioinformatics library, some of which are very mature, for example BioPerl and BioPython. Why add another one? The different libraries excel in different fields, acting as scripting glue for applications in a pipeline (much of [1-3]) and interacting with external hosts [1, 2, 4, 5], wrapping lower level high performance languages with more user friendly syntax [1-4] or providing bioinformatics functions for high performance languages [5, 6]. The intended niche for bíogo lies somewhere between the scripting libraries and high performance language libraries in being easy to use for both small and large projects while having reasonable performance with computationally intensive tasks. The intent is to reduce the level of investment required to develop new research software for computationally intensive tasks. The bíogo library structure is influenced both by the structure of BioPerl and the Go core libraries. The coding style should be aligned with normal Go idioms as represented in the Go core libraries. Position numbering in the bíogo library conforms to the zero-based indexing of Go and range indexing conforms to Go's half-open zero-based slice indexing. This is at odds with the 'normal' inclusive indexing used by molecular biologists. This choice was made to avoid inconsistent indexing spaces being used — one-based inclusive for bíogo functions and methods and zero-based for native Go slices and arrays — and so avoid errors that this would otherwise facilitate. Note that the GFF package does allow, and defaults to, one-based inclusive indexing in its input and output of GFF files. Quality scores are supported for all sequence types, including protein. Phred and Solexa scoring systems are able to be read from files, however internal representation of quality scores is with Phred, so there will be precision loss in conversion. A Solexa quality score type is provided for use where this will be a problem. Copyright ©2011-2012 The bíogo Authors except where otherwise noted. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.

Package luar provides a convenient interface between Lua and Go. It uses Alessandro Arzilli's golua (https://github.com/glycerine/golua). Most Go values can be passed to Lua: basic types, strings, complex numbers, user-defined types, pointers, composite types, functions, channels, etc. Conversely, most Lua values can be converted to Go values. Composite types are processed recursively. Methods can be called on user-defined types. These methods will be callable using _dot-notation_ rather than colon notation. Arrays, slices, maps and structs can be copied as tables, or alternatively passed over as Lua proxy objects which can be naturally indexed. In the case of structs and string maps, fields have priority over methods. Use 'luar.method(<value>, <method>)(<params>...)' to call shadowed methods. Unexported struct fields are ignored. The "lua" tag is used to match fields in struct conversion. You may pass a Lua table to an imported Go function; if the table is 'array-like' then it is converted to a Go slice; if it is 'map-like' then it is converted to a Go map. Pointer values encode as the value pointed to when unproxified. Usual operators (arithmetic, string concatenation, pairs/ipairs, etc.) work on proxies too. The type of the result depends on the type of the operands. The rules are as follows: - If the operands are of the same type, use this type. - If one type is a Lua number, use the other, user-defined type. - If the types are different and not Lua numbers, convert to a complex proxy, a Lua number, or a Lua string according to the result kind. Channel proxies can be manipulated with the following methods: - close(): Close the channel. - recv() value: Fetch and return a value from the channel. - send(x value): Send a value in the channel. Complex proxies can be manipulated with the following attributes: - real: The real part. - imag: The imaginary part. Slice proxies can be manipulated with the following methods/attributes: - append(x ...value) sliceProxy: Append the elements and return the new slice. The elements must be convertible to the slice element type. - cap: The capacity of the slice. - slice(i, j integer) sliceProxy: Return the sub-slice that ranges from 'i' to 'j' excluded, starting from 1. String proxies can be browsed rune by rune with the pairs/ipairs functions. These runes are encoded as strings in Lua. Indexing a string proxy (starting from 1) will return the corresponding byte as a Lua string. String proxies can be manipulated with the following method: - slice(i, j integer) sliceProxy: Return the sub-string that ranges from 'i' to 'j' excluded, starting from 1. Pointers to structs and structs within pointers are automatically dereferenced. Slices must be looped over with 'ipairs'.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package fetchbot provides a simple and flexible web crawler that follows the robots.txt policies and crawl delays. It is very much a rewrite of gocrawl (https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/gocrawl) with a simpler API, less features built-in, but at the same time more flexibility. As for Go itself, sometimes less is more! To install, simply run in a terminal: The package has a single external dependency, robotstxt (https://github.com/temoto/robotstxt-go). It also integrates code from the iq package (https://github.com/kylelemons/iq). The API documentation is available on godoc.org (http://godoc.org/github.com/PuerkitoBio/fetchbot). The following example (taken from /example/short/main.go) shows how to create and start a Fetcher, one way to send commands, and how to stop the fetcher once all commands have been handled. A more complex and complete example can be found in the repository, at /example/full/. Basically, a Fetcher is an instance of a web crawler, independent of other Fetchers. It receives Commands via the Queue, executes the requests, and calls a Handler to process the responses. A Command is an interface that tells the Fetcher which URL to fetch, and which HTTP method to use (i.e. "GET", "HEAD", ...). A call to Fetcher.Start() returns the Queue associated with this Fetcher. This is the thread-safe object that can be used to send commands, or to stop the crawler. Both the Command and the Handler are interfaces, and may be implemented in various ways. They are defined like so: A Context is a struct that holds the Command and the Queue, so that the Handler always knows which Command initiated this call, and has a handle to the Queue. A Handler is similar to the net/http Handler, and middleware-style combinations can be built on top of it. A HandlerFunc type is provided so that simple functions with the right signature can be used as Handlers (like net/http.HandlerFunc), and there is also a multiplexer Mux that can be used to dispatch calls to different Handlers based on some criteria. The Fetcher recognizes a number of interfaces that the Command may implement, for more advanced needs. If the Command implements the BasicAuthProvider interface, a Basic Authentication header will be put in place with the given credentials to fetch the URL. Similarly, the CookiesProvider and HeaderProvider interfaces offer the expected features (setting cookies and header values on the request). The ReaderProvider and ValuesProvider interfaces are also supported, although they should be mutually exclusive as they both set the body of the request. If both are supported, the ReaderProvider interface is used. It sets the body of the request (e.g. for a "POST") using the given io.Reader instance. The ValuesProvider does the same, but using the given url.Values instance, and sets the Content-Type of the body to "application/x-www-form-urlencoded" (unless it is explicitly set by a HeaderProvider). Since the Command is an interface, it can be a custom struct that holds additional information, such as an ID for the URL (e.g. from a database), or a depth counter so that the crawling stops at a certain depth, etc. For basic commands that don't require additional information, the package provides the Cmd struct that implements the Command interface. This is the Command implementation used when using the various Queue.SendString* methods. The Fetcher has a number of fields that provide further customization: - HttpClient : By default, the Fetcher uses the net/http default Client to make requests. A different client can be set on the Fetcher.HttpClient field. - CrawlDelay : That value is used only if there is no delay specified by the robots.txt of a given host. - UserAgent : Sets the user agent string to use for the requests and to validate against the robots.txt entries. - WorkerIdleTTL : Sets the duration that a worker goroutine can wait without receiving new commands to fetch. If the idle time-to-live is reached, the worker goroutine is stopped and its resources are released. This can be especially useful for long-running crawlers. - DisablePoliteness : If true, disables fetching of robots.txt, effectively forcing the use of the CrawlDelay value between calls to a host. What fetchbot doesn't do - especially compared to gocrawl - is that it doesn't keep track of already visited URLs, and it doesn't normalize the URLs. This is outside the scope of this package - all commands sent on the Queue will be fetched. Normalization can easily be done (e.g. using https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/purell) before sending the Command to the Fetcher. How to keep track of visited URLs depends on the use-case of the specific crawler, but for an example, see /example/full/main.go. The BSD 3-Clause license (http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause), the same as the Go language. The iq_slice.go file is under the CDDL-1.0 license (details in the source file).

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package ql implements a pure Go embedded SQL database engine. QL is a member of the SQL family of languages. It is less complex and less powerful than SQL (whichever specification SQL is considered to be). 2016-07-11: Release v1.0.5 undoes vendoring of lldb. QL now uses stable lldb (github.com/cznic/lldb). 2016-07-06: Release v1.0.4 fixes a panic when closing the WAL file. 2016-04-03: Release v1.0.3 fixes a data race. 2016-03-23: Release v1.0.2 vendors github.com/cznic/exp/lldb and github.com/camlistore/go4/lock. 2016-03-17: Release v1.0.1 adjusts for latest goyacc. Parser error messages are improved and changed, but their exact form is not considered a API change. 2016-03-05: The current version has been tagged v1.0.0. 2015-06-15: To improve compatibility with other SQL implementations, the count built-in aggregate function now accepts * as its argument. 2015-05-29: The execution planner was rewritten from scratch. It should use indices in all places where they were used before plus in some additional situations. It is possible to investigate the plan using the newly added EXPLAIN statement. The QL tool is handy for such analysis. If the planner would have used an index, but no such exists, the plan includes hints in form of copy/paste ready CREATE INDEX statements. The planner is still quite simple and a lot of work on it is yet ahead. You can help this process by filling an issue with a schema and query which fails to use an index or indices when it should, in your opinion. Bonus points for including output of `ql 'explain <query>'`. 2015-05-09: The grammar of the CREATE INDEX statement now accepts an expression list instead of a single expression, which was further limited to just a column name or the built-in id(). As a side effect, composite indices are now functional. However, the values in the expression-list style index are not yet used by other statements or the statement/query planner. The composite index is useful while having UNIQUE clause to check for semantically duplicate rows before they get added to the table or when such a row is mutated using the UPDATE statement and the expression-list style index tuple of the row is thus recomputed. 2015-05-02: The Schema field of table __Table now correctly reflects any column constraints and/or defaults. Also, the (*DB).Info method now has that information provided in new ColumInfo fields NotNull, Constraint and Default. 2015-04-20: Added support for {LEFT,RIGHT,FULL} [OUTER] JOIN. 2015-04-18: Column definitions can now have constraints and defaults. Details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. 2015-03-06: New built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt. Thanks urandom! (https://github.com/urandom) 2015-02-16: IN predicate now accepts a SELECT statement. See the updated "Predicates" section. 2015-01-17: Logical operators || and && have now alternative spellings: OR and AND (case insensitive). AND was a keyword before, but OR is a new one. This can possibly break existing queries. For the record, it's a good idea to not use any name appearing in, for example, [7] in your queries as the list of QL's keywords may expand for gaining better compatibility with existing SQL "standards". 2015-01-12: ACID guarantees were tightened at the cost of performance in some cases. The write collecting window mechanism, a formerly used implementation detail, was removed. Inserting rows one by one in a transaction is now slow. I mean very slow. Try to avoid inserting single rows in a transaction. Instead, whenever possible, perform batch updates of tens to, say thousands of rows in a single transaction. See also: http://www.sqlite.org/faq.html#q19, the discussed synchronization principles involved are the same as for QL, modulo minor details. Note: A side effect is that closing a DB before exiting an application, both for the Go API and through database/sql driver, is no more required, strictly speaking. Beware that exiting an application while there is an open (uncommitted) transaction in progress means losing the transaction data. However, the DB will not become corrupted because of not closing it. Nor that was the case before, but formerly failing to close a DB could have resulted in losing the data of the last transaction. 2014-09-21: id() now optionally accepts a single argument - a table name. 2014-09-01: Added the DB.Flush() method and the LIKE pattern matching predicate. 2014-08-08: The built in functions max and min now accept also time values. Thanks opennota! (https://github.com/opennota) 2014-06-05: RecordSet interface extended by new methods FirstRow and Rows. 2014-06-02: Indices on id() are now used by SELECT statements. 2014-05-07: Introduction of Marshal, Schema, Unmarshal. 2014-04-15: Added optional IF NOT EXISTS clause to CREATE INDEX and optional IF EXISTS clause to DROP INDEX. 2014-04-12: The column Unique in the virtual table __Index was renamed to IsUnique because the old name is a keyword. Unfortunately, this is a breaking change, sorry. 2014-04-11: Introduction of LIMIT, OFFSET. 2014-04-10: Introduction of query rewriting. 2014-04-07: Introduction of indices. QL imports zappy[8], a block-based compressor, which speeds up its performance by using a C version of the compression/decompression algorithms. If a CGO-free (pure Go) version of QL, or an app using QL, is required, please include 'purego' in the -tags option of go {build,get,install}. For example: If zappy was installed before installing QL, it might be necessary to rebuild zappy first (or rebuild QL with all its dependencies using the -a option): The syntax is specified using Extended Backus-Naur Form (EBNF) Lower-case production names are used to identify lexical tokens. Non-terminals are in CamelCase. Lexical tokens are enclosed in double quotes "" or back quotes “. The form a … b represents the set of characters from a through b as alternatives. The horizontal ellipsis … is also used elsewhere in the spec to informally denote various enumerations or code snippets that are not further specified. QL source code is Unicode text encoded in UTF-8. The text is not canonicalized, so a single accented code point is distinct from the same character constructed from combining an accent and a letter; those are treated as two code points. For simplicity, this document will use the unqualified term character to refer to a Unicode code point in the source text. Each code point is distinct; for instance, upper and lower case letters are different characters. Implementation restriction: For compatibility with other tools, the parser may disallow the NUL character (U+0000) in the statement. Implementation restriction: A byte order mark is disallowed anywhere in QL statements. The following terms are used to denote specific character classes The underscore character _ (U+005F) is considered a letter. Lexical elements are comments, tokens, identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, integer, floating-point, imaginary, rune and string literals and QL parameters. Line comments start with the character sequence // or -- and stop at the end of the line. A line comment acts like a space. General comments start with the character sequence /* and continue through the character sequence */. A general comment acts like a space. Comments do not nest. Tokens form the vocabulary of QL. There are four classes: identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, and literals. White space, formed from spaces (U+0020), horizontal tabs (U+0009), carriage returns (U+000D), and newlines (U+000A), is ignored except as it separates tokens that would otherwise combine into a single token. The formal grammar uses semicolons ";" as separators of QL statements. A single QL statement or the last QL statement in a list of statements can have an optional semicolon terminator. (Actually a separator from the following empty statement.) Identifiers name entities such as tables or record set columns. An identifier is a sequence of one or more letters and digits. The first character in an identifier must be a letter. For example No identifiers are predeclared, however note that no keyword can be used as an identifier. Identifiers starting with two underscores are used for meta data virtual tables names. For forward compatibility, users should generally avoid using any identifiers starting with two underscores. For example The following keywords are reserved and may not be used as identifiers. Keywords are not case sensitive. The following character sequences represent operators, delimiters, and other special tokens Operators consisting of more than one character are referred to by names in the rest of the documentation An integer literal is a sequence of digits representing an integer constant. An optional prefix sets a non-decimal base: 0 for octal, 0x or 0X for hexadecimal. In hexadecimal literals, letters a-f and A-F represent values 10 through 15. For example A floating-point literal is a decimal representation of a floating-point constant. It has an integer part, a decimal point, a fractional part, and an exponent part. The integer and fractional part comprise decimal digits; the exponent part is an e or E followed by an optionally signed decimal exponent. One of the integer part or the fractional part may be elided; one of the decimal point or the exponent may be elided. For example An imaginary literal is a decimal representation of the imaginary part of a complex constant. It consists of a floating-point literal or decimal integer followed by the lower-case letter i. For example A rune literal represents a rune constant, an integer value identifying a Unicode code point. A rune literal is expressed as one or more characters enclosed in single quotes. Within the quotes, any character may appear except single quote and newline. A single quoted character represents the Unicode value of the character itself, while multi-character sequences beginning with a backslash encode values in various formats. The simplest form represents the single character within the quotes; since QL statements are Unicode characters encoded in UTF-8, multiple UTF-8-encoded bytes may represent a single integer value. For instance, the literal 'a' holds a single byte representing a literal a, Unicode U+0061, value 0x61, while 'ä' holds two bytes (0xc3 0xa4) representing a literal a-dieresis, U+00E4, value 0xe4. Several backslash escapes allow arbitrary values to be encoded as ASCII text. There are four ways to represent the integer value as a numeric constant: \x followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits; \u followed by exactly four hexadecimal digits; \U followed by exactly eight hexadecimal digits, and a plain backslash \ followed by exactly three octal digits. In each case the value of the literal is the value represented by the digits in the corresponding base. Although these representations all result in an integer, they have different valid ranges. Octal escapes must represent a value between 0 and 255 inclusive. Hexadecimal escapes satisfy this condition by construction. The escapes \u and \U represent Unicode code points so within them some values are illegal, in particular those above 0x10FFFF and surrogate halves. After a backslash, certain single-character escapes represent special values All other sequences starting with a backslash are illegal inside rune literals. For example A string literal represents a string constant obtained from concatenating a sequence of characters. There are two forms: raw string literals and interpreted string literals. Raw string literals are character sequences between back quotes “. Within the quotes, any character is legal except back quote. The value of a raw string literal is the string composed of the uninterpreted (implicitly UTF-8-encoded) characters between the quotes; in particular, backslashes have no special meaning and the string may contain newlines. Carriage returns inside raw string literals are discarded from the raw string value. Interpreted string literals are character sequences between double quotes "". The text between the quotes, which may not contain newlines, forms the value of the literal, with backslash escapes interpreted as they are in rune literals (except that \' is illegal and \" is legal), with the same restrictions. The three-digit octal (\nnn) and two-digit hexadecimal (\xnn) escapes represent individual bytes of the resulting string; all other escapes represent the (possibly multi-byte) UTF-8 encoding of individual characters. Thus inside a string literal \377 and \xFF represent a single byte of value 0xFF=255, while ÿ, \u00FF, \U000000FF and \xc3\xbf represent the two bytes 0xc3 0xbf of the UTF-8 encoding of character U+00FF. For example These examples all represent the same string If the statement source represents a character as two code points, such as a combining form involving an accent and a letter, the result will be an error if placed in a rune literal (it is not a single code point), and will appear as two code points if placed in a string literal. Literals are assigned their values from the respective text representation at "compile" (parse) time. QL parameters provide the same functionality as literals, but their value is assigned at execution time from an expression list passed to DB.Run or DB.Execute. Using '?' or '$' is completely equivalent. For example Keywords 'false' and 'true' (not case sensitive) represent the two possible constant values of type bool (also not case sensitive). Keyword 'NULL' (not case sensitive) represents an untyped constant which is assignable to any type. NULL is distinct from any other value of any type. A type determines the set of values and operations specific to values of that type. A type is specified by a type name. Named instances of the boolean, numeric, and string types are keywords. The names are not case sensitive. Note: The blob type is exchanged between the back end and the API as []byte. On 32 bit platforms this limits the size which the implementation can handle to 2G. A boolean type represents the set of Boolean truth values denoted by the predeclared constants true and false. The predeclared boolean type is bool. A duration type represents the elapsed time between two instants as an int64 nanosecond count. The representation limits the largest representable duration to approximately 290 years. A numeric type represents sets of integer or floating-point values. The predeclared architecture-independent numeric types are The value of an n-bit integer is n bits wide and represented using two's complement arithmetic. Conversions are required when different numeric types are mixed in an expression or assignment. A string type represents the set of string values. A string value is a (possibly empty) sequence of bytes. The case insensitive keyword for the string type is 'string'. The length of a string (its size in bytes) can be discovered using the built-in function len. A time type represents an instant in time with nanosecond precision. Each time has associated with it a location, consulted when computing the presentation form of the time. The following functions are implicitly declared An expression specifies the computation of a value by applying operators and functions to operands. Operands denote the elementary values in an expression. An operand may be a literal, a (possibly qualified) identifier denoting a constant or a function or a table/record set column, or a parenthesized expression. A qualified identifier is an identifier qualified with a table/record set name prefix. For example Primary expression are the operands for unary and binary expressions. For example A primary expression of the form denotes the element of a string indexed by x. Its type is byte. The value x is called the index. The following rules apply - The index x must be of integer type except bigint or duration; it is in range if 0 <= x < len(s), otherwise it is out of range. - A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. - A constant index must be in range if the string a is a literal. - If x is out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. - s[x] is the byte at index x and the type of s[x] is byte. If s is NULL or x is NULL then the result is NULL. Otherwise s[x] is illegal. For a string, the primary expression constructs a substring. The indices low and high select which elements appear in the result. The result has indices starting at 0 and length equal to high - low. For convenience, any of the indices may be omitted. A missing low index defaults to zero; a missing high index defaults to the length of the sliced operand The indices low and high are in range if 0 <= low <= high <= len(a), otherwise they are out of range. A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. If both indices are constant, they must satisfy low <= high. If the indices are out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. Integer values of type bigint or duration cannot be used as indices. If s is NULL the result is NULL. If low or high is not omitted and is NULL then the result is NULL. Given an identifier f denoting a predeclared function, calls f with arguments a1, a2, … an. Arguments are evaluated before the function is called. The type of the expression is the result type of f. In a function call, the function value and arguments are evaluated in the usual order. After they are evaluated, the parameters of the call are passed by value to the function and the called function begins execution. The return value of the function is passed by value when the function returns. Calling an undefined function causes a compile-time error. Operators combine operands into expressions. Comparisons are discussed elsewhere. For other binary operators, the operand types must be identical unless the operation involves shifts or untyped constants. For operations involving constants only, see the section on constant expressions. Except for shift operations, if one operand is an untyped constant and the other operand is not, the constant is converted to the type of the other operand. The right operand in a shift expression must have unsigned integer type or be an untyped constant that can be converted to unsigned integer type. If the left operand of a non-constant shift expression is an untyped constant, the type of the constant is what it would be if the shift expression were replaced by its left operand alone. Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr2, a regular expression, matches expr1 (see also [6]). Both expression must be of type string. If any one of the expressions is NULL the result is NULL. Predicates are special form expressions having a boolean result type. Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be comparable as defined in "Comparison operators". Another form of the IN predicate creates the expression list from a result of a SelectStmt. The SelectStmt must select only one column. The produced expression list is resource limited by the memory available to the process. NULL values produced by the SelectStmt are ignored, but if all records of the SelectStmt are NULL the predicate yields NULL. The select statement is evaluated only once. If the type of expr is not the same as the type of the field returned by the SelectStmt then the set operation yields false. The type of the column returned by the SelectStmt must be one of the simple (non blob-like) types: Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be ordered as defined in "Comparison operators". Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr does not have a specific type (case A) or if expr has a specific type (case B). In other cases the result is a boolean value false. Unary operators have the highest precedence. There are five precedence levels for binary operators. Multiplication operators bind strongest, followed by addition operators, comparison operators, && (logical AND), and finally || (logical OR) Binary operators of the same precedence associate from left to right. For instance, x / y * z is the same as (x / y) * z. Note that the operator precedence is reflected explicitly by the grammar. Arithmetic operators apply to numeric values and yield a result of the same type as the first operand. The four standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) apply to integer, rational, floating-point, and complex types; + also applies to strings; +,- also applies to times. All other arithmetic operators apply to integers only. sum integers, rationals, floats, complex values, strings difference integers, rationals, floats, complex values, times product integers, rationals, floats, complex values / quotient integers, rationals, floats, complex values % remainder integers & bitwise AND integers | bitwise OR integers ^ bitwise XOR integers &^ bit clear (AND NOT) integers << left shift integer << unsigned integer >> right shift integer >> unsigned integer Strings can be concatenated using the + operator String addition creates a new string by concatenating the operands. A value of type duration can be added to or subtracted from a value of type time. Times can subtracted from each other producing a value of type duration. For two integer values x and y, the integer quotient q = x / y and remainder r = x % y satisfy the following relationships with x / y truncated towards zero ("truncated division"). As an exception to this rule, if the dividend x is the most negative value for the int type of x, the quotient q = x / -1 is equal to x (and r = 0). If the divisor is a constant expression, it must not be zero. If the divisor is zero at run time, a run-time error occurs. If the dividend is non-negative and the divisor is a constant power of 2, the division may be replaced by a right shift, and computing the remainder may be replaced by a bitwise AND operation The shift operators shift the left operand by the shift count specified by the right operand. They implement arithmetic shifts if the left operand is a signed integer and logical shifts if it is an unsigned integer. There is no upper limit on the shift count. Shifts behave as if the left operand is shifted n times by 1 for a shift count of n. As a result, x << 1 is the same as x*2 and x >> 1 is the same as x/2 but truncated towards negative infinity. For integer operands, the unary operators +, -, and ^ are defined as follows For floating-point and complex numbers, +x is the same as x, while -x is the negation of x. The result of a floating-point or complex division by zero is not specified beyond the IEEE-754 standard; whether a run-time error occurs is implementation-specific. Whenever any operand of any arithmetic operation, unary or binary, is NULL, as well as in the case of the string concatenating operation, the result is NULL. For unsigned integer values, the operations +, -, *, and << are computed modulo 2n, where n is the bit width of the unsigned integer's type. Loosely speaking, these unsigned integer operations discard high bits upon overflow, and expressions may rely on “wrap around”. For signed integers with a finite bit width, the operations +, -, *, and << may legally overflow and the resulting value exists and is deterministically defined by the signed integer representation, the operation, and its operands. No exception is raised as a result of overflow. An evaluator may not optimize an expression under the assumption that overflow does not occur. For instance, it may not assume that x < x + 1 is always true. Integers of type bigint and rationals do not overflow but their handling is limited by the memory resources available to the program. Comparison operators compare two operands and yield a boolean value. In any comparison, the first operand must be of same type as is the second operand, or vice versa. The equality operators == and != apply to operands that are comparable. The ordering operators <, <=, >, and >= apply to operands that are ordered. These terms and the result of the comparisons are defined as follows - Boolean values are comparable. Two boolean values are equal if they are either both true or both false. - Complex values are comparable. Two complex values u and v are equal if both real(u) == real(v) and imag(u) == imag(v). - Integer values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. Note that durations are integers. - Floating point values are comparable and ordered, as defined by the IEEE-754 standard. - Rational values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. - String values are comparable and ordered, lexically byte-wise. - Time values are comparable and ordered. Whenever any operand of any comparison operation is NULL, the result is NULL. Note that slices are always of type string. Logical operators apply to boolean values and yield a boolean result. The right operand is evaluated conditionally. The truth tables for logical operations with NULL values Conversions are expressions of the form T(x) where T is a type and x is an expression that can be converted to type T. A constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x is representable by a value of type T. - x is a floating-point constant, T is a floating-point type, and x is representable by a value of type T after rounding using IEEE 754 round-to-even rules. The constant T(x) is the rounded value. - x is an integer constant and T is a string type. The same rule as for non-constant x applies in this case. Converting a constant yields a typed constant as result. A non-constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x has type T. - x's type and T are both integer or floating point types. - x's type and T are both complex types. - x is an integer, except bigint or duration, and T is a string type. Specific rules apply to (non-constant) conversions between numeric types or to and from a string type. These conversions may change the representation of x and incur a run-time cost. All other conversions only change the type but not the representation of x. A conversion of NULL to any type yields NULL. For the conversion of non-constant numeric values, the following rules apply 1. When converting between integer types, if the value is a signed integer, it is sign extended to implicit infinite precision; otherwise it is zero extended. It is then truncated to fit in the result type's size. For example, if v == uint16(0x10F0), then uint32(int8(v)) == 0xFFFFFFF0. The conversion always yields a valid value; there is no indication of overflow. 2. When converting a floating-point number to an integer, the fraction is discarded (truncation towards zero). 3. When converting an integer or floating-point number to a floating-point type, or a complex number to another complex type, the result value is rounded to the precision specified by the destination type. For instance, the value of a variable x of type float32 may be stored using additional precision beyond that of an IEEE-754 32-bit number, but float32(x) represents the result of rounding x's value to 32-bit precision. Similarly, x + 0.1 may use more than 32 bits of precision, but float32(x + 0.1) does not. In all non-constant conversions involving floating-point or complex values, if the result type cannot represent the value the conversion succeeds but the result value is implementation-dependent. 1. Converting a signed or unsigned integer value to a string type yields a string containing the UTF-8 representation of the integer. Values outside the range of valid Unicode code points are converted to "\uFFFD". 2. Converting a blob to a string type yields a string whose successive bytes are the elements of the blob. 3. Converting a value of a string type to a blob yields a blob whose successive elements are the bytes of the string. 4. Converting a value of a bigint type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the integer. 5. Converting a value of a string type to a bigint yields a bigint value containing the integer represented by the string value. A prefix of “0x” or “0X” selects base 16; the “0” prefix selects base 8, and a “0b” or “0B” prefix selects base 2. Otherwise the value is interpreted in base 10. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 6. Converting a value of a rational type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the rational in the form "a/b" (even if b == 1). 7. Converting a value of a string type to a bigrat yields a bigrat value containing the rational represented by the string value. The string can be given as a fraction "a/b" or as a floating-point number optionally followed by an exponent. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 8. Converting a value of a duration type to a string returns a string representing the duration in the form "72h3m0.5s". Leading zero units are omitted. As a special case, durations less than one second format using a smaller unit (milli-, micro-, or nanoseconds) to ensure that the leading digit is non-zero. The zero duration formats as 0, with no unit. 9. Converting a string value to a duration yields a duration represented by the string. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". 10. Converting a time value to a string returns the time formatted using the format string When evaluating the operands of an expression or of function calls, operations are evaluated in lexical left-to-right order. For example, in the evaluation of the function calls and evaluation of c happen in the order h(), i(), j(), c. Floating-point operations within a single expression are evaluated according to the associativity of the operators. Explicit parentheses affect the evaluation by overriding the default associativity. In the expression x + (y + z) the addition y + z is performed before adding x. Statements control execution. The empty statement does nothing. Alter table statements modify existing tables. With the ADD clause it adds a new column to the table. The column must not exist. With the DROP clause it removes an existing column from a table. The column must exist and it must be not the only (last) column of the table. IOW, there cannot be a table with no columns. For example When adding a column to a table with existing data, the constraint clause of the ColumnDef cannot be used. Adding a constrained column to an empty table is fine. Begin transactions statements introduce a new transaction level. Every transaction level must be eventually balanced by exactly one of COMMIT or ROLLBACK statements. Note that when a transaction is roll-backed because of a statement failure then no explicit balancing of the respective BEGIN TRANSACTION is statement is required nor permitted. Failure to properly balance any opened transaction level may cause dead locks and/or lose of data updated in the uppermost opened but never properly closed transaction level. For example A database cannot be updated (mutated) outside of a transaction. Statements requiring a transaction A database is effectively read only outside of a transaction. Statements not requiring a transaction The commit statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level. If that's the outermost level then the updates to the DB made by the transaction are atomically made persistent. For example Create index statements create new indices. Index is a named projection of ordered values of a table column to the respective records. As a special case the id() of the record can be indexed. Index name must not be the same as any of the existing tables and it also cannot be the same as of any column name of the table the index is on. For example Now certain SELECT statements may use the indices to speed up joins and/or to speed up record set filtering when the WHERE clause is used; or the indices might be used to improve the performance when the ORDER BY clause is present. The UNIQUE modifier requires the indexed values tuple to be index-wise unique or have all values NULL. The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index already exists. A simple index consists of only one expression which must be either a column name or the built-in id(). A more complex and more general index is one that consists of more than one expression or its single expression does not qualify as a simple index. In this case the type of all expressions in the list must be one of the non blob-like types. Note: Blob-like types are blob, bigint, bigrat, time and duration. Create table statements create new tables. A column definition declares the column name and type. Table names and column names are case sensitive. Neither a table or an index of the same name may exist in the DB. For example The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table already exists. The optional constraint clause has two forms. The first one is found in many SQL dialects. This form prevents the data in column DepartmentName to be NULL. The second form allows an arbitrary boolean expression to be used to validate the column. If the value of the expression is true then the validation succeeded. If the value of the expression is false or NULL then the validation fails. If the value of the expression is not of type bool an error occurs. The optional DEFAULT clause is an expression which, if present, is substituted instead of a NULL value when the colum is assigned a value. Note that the constraint and/or default expressions may refer to other columns by name: When a table row is inserted by the INSERT INTO statement or when a table row is updated by the UPDATE statement, the order of operations is as follows: 1. The new values of the affected columns are set and the values of all the row columns become the named values which can be referred to in default expressions evaluated in step 2. 2. If any row column value is NULL and the DEFAULT clause is present in the column's definition, the default expression is evaluated and its value is set as the respective column value. 3. The values, potentially updated, of row columns become the named values which can be referred to in constraint expressions evaluated during step 4. 4. All row columns which definition has the constraint clause present will have that constraint checked. If any constraint violation is detected, the overall operation fails and no changes to the table are made. Delete from statements remove rows from a table, which must exist. For example If the WHERE clause is not present then all rows are removed and the statement is equivalent to the TRUNCATE TABLE statement. Drop index statements remove indices from the DB. The index must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index does not exist. Drop table statements remove tables from the DB. The table must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table does not exist. Insert into statements insert new rows into tables. New rows come from literal data, if using the VALUES clause, or are a result of select statement. In the later case the select statement is fully evaluated before the insertion of any rows is performed, allowing to insert values calculated from the same table rows are to be inserted into. If the ColumnNameList part is omitted then the number of values inserted in the row must be the same as are columns in the table. If the ColumnNameList part is present then the number of values per row must be same as the same number of column names. All other columns of the record are set to NULL. The type of the value assigned to a column must be the same as is the column's type or the value must be NULL. For example If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. Explain statement produces a recordset consisting of lines of text which describe the execution plan of a statement, if any. For example, the QL tool treats the explain statement specially and outputs the joined lines: The explanation may aid in uderstanding how a statement/query would be executed and if indices are used as expected - or which indices may possibly improve the statement performance. The create index statements above were directly copy/pasted in the terminal from the suggestions provided by the filter recordset pipeline part returned by the explain statement. If the statement has nothing special in its plan, the result is the original statement. To get an explanation of the select statement of the IN predicate, use the EXPLAIN statement with that particular select statement. The rollback statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level discarding any updates to the DB made by it. If that's the outermost level then the effects on the DB are as if the transaction never happened. For example The (temporary) record set from the last statement is returned and can be processed by the client. In this case the rollback is the same as 'DROP TABLE tmp;' but it can be a more complex operation. Select from statements produce recordsets. The optional DISTINCT modifier ensures all rows in the result recordset are unique. Either all of the resulting fields are returned ('*') or only those named in FieldList. RecordSetList is a list of table names or parenthesized select statements, optionally (re)named using the AS clause. The result can be filtered using a WhereClause and orderd by the OrderBy clause. For example If Recordset is a nested, parenthesized SelectStmt then it must be given a name using the AS clause if its field are to be accessible in expressions. A field is an named expression. Identifiers, not used as a type in conversion or a function name in the Call clause, denote names of (other) fields, values of which should be used in the expression. The expression can be named using the AS clause. If the AS clause is not present and the expression consists solely of a field name, then that field name is used as the name of the resulting field. Otherwise the field is unnamed. For example The SELECT statement can optionally enumerate the desired/resulting fields in a list. No two identical field names can appear in the list. When more than one record set is used in the FROM clause record set list, the result record set field names are rewritten to be qualified using the record set names. If a particular record set doesn't have a name, its respective fields became unnamed. The optional JOIN clause, for example is mostly equal to except that the rows from a which, when they appear in the cross join, never made expr to evaluate to true, are combined with a virtual row from b, containing all nulls, and added to the result set. For the RIGHT JOIN variant the discussed rules are used for rows from b not satisfying expr == true and the virtual, all-null row "comes" from a. The FULL JOIN adds the respective rows which would be otherwise provided by the separate executions of the LEFT JOIN and RIGHT JOIN variants. For more thorough OUTER JOIN discussion please see the Wikipedia article at [10]. Resultins rows of a SELECT statement can be optionally ordered by the ORDER BY clause. Collating proceeds by considering the expressions in the expression list left to right until a collating order is determined. Any possibly remaining expressions are not evaluated. All of the expression values must yield an ordered type or NULL. Ordered types are defined in "Comparison operators". Collating of elements having a NULL value is different compared to what the comparison operators yield in expression evaluation (NULL result instead of a boolean value). Below, T denotes a non NULL value of any QL type. NULL collates before any non NULL value (is considered smaller than T). Two NULLs have no collating order (are considered equal). The WHERE clause restricts records considered by some statements, like SELECT FROM, DELETE FROM, or UPDATE. It is an error if the expression evaluates to a non null value of non bool type. The GROUP BY clause is used to project rows having common values into a smaller set of rows. For example Using the GROUP BY without any aggregate functions in the selected fields is in certain cases equal to using the DISTINCT modifier. The last two examples above produce the same resultsets. The optional OFFSET clause allows to ignore first N records. For example The above will produce only rows 11, 12, ... of the record set, if they exist. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The optional LIMIT clause allows to ignore all but first N records. For example The above will return at most the first 10 records of the record set. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The LIMIT and OFFSET clauses can be combined. For example Considering table t has, say 10 records, the above will produce only records 4 - 8. After returning record #8, no more result rows/records are computed. 1. The FROM clause is evaluated, producing a Cartesian product of its source record sets (tables or nested SELECT statements). 2. If present, the JOIN cluase is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation and the recordset specified by the JOIN clause. (... JOIN Recordset ON ...) 3. If present, the WHERE clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation. 4. If present, the GROUP BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 5. The SELECT field expressions are evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 6. If present, the DISTINCT modifier is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 7. If present, the ORDER BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 8. If present, the OFFSET clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The offset expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. 9. If present, the LIMIT clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The limit expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. Truncate table statements remove all records from a table. The table must exist. For example Update statements change values of fields in rows of a table. For example Note: The SET clause is optional. If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. To allow to query for DB meta data, there exist specially named tables, some of them being virtual. Note: Virtual system tables may have fake table-wise unique but meaningless and unstable record IDs. Do not apply the built-in id() to any system table. The table __Table lists all tables in the DB. The schema is The Schema column returns the statement to (re)create table Name. This table is virtual. The table __Colum lists all columns of all tables in the DB. The schema is The Ordinal column defines the 1-based index of the column in the record. This table is virtual. The table __Colum2 lists all columns of all tables in the DB which have the constraint NOT NULL or which have a constraint expression defined or which have a default expression defined. The schema is It's possible to obtain a consolidated recordset for all properties of all DB columns using The Name column is the column name in TableName. The table __Index lists all indices in the DB. The schema is The IsUnique columns reflects if the index was created using the optional UNIQUE clause. This table is virtual. Built-in functions are predeclared. The built-in aggregate function avg returns the average of values of an expression. Avg ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if avg is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function contains returns true if substr is within s. If any argument to contains is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function count returns how many times an expression has a non NULL values or the number of rows in a record set. Note: count() returns 0 for an empty record set. For example Date returns the time corresponding to in the appropriate zone for that time in the given location. The month, day, hour, min, sec, and nsec values may be outside their usual ranges and will be normalized during the conversion. For example, October 32 converts to November 1. A daylight savings time transition skips or repeats times. For example, in the United States, March 13, 2011 2:15am never occurred, while November 6, 2011 1:15am occurred twice. In such cases, the choice of time zone, and therefore the time, is not well-defined. Date returns a time that is correct in one of the two zones involved in the transition, but it does not guarantee which. A location maps time instants to the zone in use at that time. Typically, the location represents the collection of time offsets in use in a geographical area, such as "CEST" and "CET" for central Europe. "local" represents the system's local time zone. "UTC" represents Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). The month specifies a month of the year (January = 1, ...). If any argument to date is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function day returns the day of the month specified by t. If the argument to day is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function formatTime returns a textual representation of the time value formatted according to layout, which defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be displayed if it were the value; it serves as an example of the desired output. The same display rules will then be applied to the time value. If any argument to formatTime is NULL the result is NULL. NOTE: The string value of the time zone, like "CET" or "ACDT", is dependent on the time zone of the machine the function is run on. For example, if the t value is in "CET", but the machine is in "ACDT", instead of "CET" the result is "+0100". This is the same what Go (time.Time).String() returns and in fact formatTime directly calls t.String(). returns on a machine in the CET time zone, but may return on a machine in the ACDT zone. The time value is in both cases the same so its ordering and comparing is correct. Only the display value can differ. The built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt format numbers to strings using go's number format functions in the `strconv` package. For all three functions, only the first argument is mandatory. The default values of the rest are shown in the examples. If the first argument is NULL, the result is NULL. returns returns returns Unlike the `strconv` equivalent, the formatInt function handles all integer types, both signed and unsigned. The built-in function hasPrefix tests whether the string s begins with prefix. If any argument to hasPrefix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hasSuffix tests whether the string s ends with suffix. If any argument to hasSuffix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hour returns the hour within the day specified by t, in the range [0, 23]. If the argument to hour is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hours returns the duration as a floating point number of hours. If the argument to hours is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function id takes zero or one arguments. If no argument is provided, id() returns a table-unique automatically assigned numeric identifier of type int. Ids of deleted records are not reused unless the DB becomes completely empty (has no tables). For example If id() without arguments is called for a row which is not a table record then the result value is NULL. For example If id() has one argument it must be a table name of a table in a cross join. For example The built-in function len takes a string argument and returns the lentgh of the string in bytes. The expression len(s) is constant if s is a string constant. If the argument to len is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function max returns the largest value of an expression in a record set. Max ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if max is applied to an empty record set. The expression values must be of an ordered type. For example The built-in aggregate function min returns the smallest value of an expression in a record set. Min ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if min is applied to an empty record set. For example The column values must be of an ordered type. The built-in function minute returns the minute offset within the hour specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to minute is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function minutes returns the duration as a floating point number of minutes. If the argument to minutes is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function month returns the month of the year specified by t (January = 1, ...). If the argument to month is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanosecond returns the nanosecond offset within the second specified by t, in the range [0, 999999999]. If the argument to nanosecond is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanoseconds returns the duration as an integer nanosecond count. If the argument to nanoseconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function now returns the current local time. The built-in function parseTime parses a formatted string and returns the time value it represents. The layout defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be interpreted if it were the value; it serves as an example of the input format. The same interpretation will then be made to the input string. Elements omitted from the value are assumed to be zero or, when zero is impossible, one, so parsing "3:04pm" returns the time corresponding to Jan 1, year 0, 15:04:00 UTC (note that because the year is 0, this time is before the zero Time). Years must be in the range 0000..9999. The day of the week is checked for syntax but it is otherwise ignored. In the absence of a time zone indicator, parseTime returns a time in UTC. When parsing a time with a zone offset like -0700, if the offset corresponds to a time zone used by the current location, then parseTime uses that location and zone in the returned time. Otherwise it records the time as being in a fabricated location with time fixed at the given zone offset. When parsing a time with a zone abbreviation like MST, if the zone abbreviation has a defined offset in the current location, then that offset is used. The zone abbreviation "UTC" is recognized as UTC regardless of location. If the zone abbreviation is unknown, Parse records the time as being in a fabricated location with the given zone abbreviation and a zero offset. This choice means that such a time can be parses and reformatted with the same layout losslessly, but the exact instant used in the representation will differ by the actual zone offset. To avoid such problems, prefer time layouts that use a numeric zone offset. If any argument to parseTime is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function second returns the second offset within the minute specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to second is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function seconds returns the duration as a floating point number of seconds. If the argument to seconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function since returns the time elapsed since t. It is shorthand for now()-t. If the argument to since is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function sum returns the sum of values of an expression for all rows of a record set. Sum ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if sum is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function timeIn returns t with the location information set to loc. For discussion of the loc argument please see date(). If any argument to timeIn is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function weekday returns the day of the week specified by t. Sunday == 0, Monday == 1, ... If the argument to weekday is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function year returns the year in which t occurs. If the argument to year is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function yearDay returns the day of the year specified by t, in the range [1,365] for non-leap years, and [1,366] in leap years. If the argument to yearDay is NULL the result is NULL. Three functions assemble and disassemble complex numbers. The built-in function complex constructs a complex value from a floating-point real and imaginary part, while real and imag extract the real and imaginary parts of a complex value. The type of the arguments and return value correspond. For complex, the two arguments must be of the same floating-point type and the return type is the complex type with the corresponding floating-point constituents: complex64 for float32, complex128 for float64. The real and imag functions together form the inverse, so for a complex value z, z == complex(real(z), imag(z)). If the operands of these functions are all constants, the return value is a constant. If any argument to any of complex, real, imag functions is NULL the result is NULL. For the numeric types, the following sizes are guaranteed Portions of this specification page are modifications based on work[2] created and shared by Google[3] and used according to terms described in the Creative Commons 3.0 Attribution License[4]. This specification is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 License, and code is licensed under a BSD license[5]. Links from the above documentation This section is not part of the specification. WARNING: The implementation of indices is new and it surely needs more time to become mature. Indices are used currently used only by the WHERE clause. The following expression patterns of 'WHERE expression' are recognized and trigger index use. The relOp is one of the relation operators <, <=, ==, >=, >. For the equality operator both operands must be of comparable types. For all other operators both operands must be of ordered types. The constant expression is a compile time constant expression. Some constant folding is still a TODO. Parameter is a QL parameter ($1 etc.). Consider tables t and u, both with an indexed field f. The WHERE expression doesn't comply with the above simple detected cases. However, such query is now automatically rewritten to which will use both of the indices. The impact of using the indices can be substantial (cf. BenchmarkCrossJoin*) if the resulting rows have low "selectivity", ie. only few rows from both tables are selected by the respective WHERE filtering. Note: Existing QL DBs can be used and indices can be added to them. However, once any indices are present in the DB, the old QL versions cannot work with such DB anymore. Running a benchmark with -v (-test.v) outputs information about the scale used to report records/s and a brief description of the benchmark. For example Running the full suite of benchmarks takes a lot of time. Use the -timeout flag to avoid them being killed after the default time limit (10 minutes).

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

SQL Schema migration tool for Go. Key features: To install the library and command line program, use the following: The main command is called sql-migrate. Each command requires a configuration file (which defaults to dbconfig.yml, but can be specified with the -config flag). This config file should specify one or more environments: The `table` setting is optional and will default to `gorp_migrations`. The environment that will be used can be specified with the -env flag (defaults to development). Use the --help flag in combination with any of the commands to get an overview of its usage: The up command applies all available migrations. By contrast, down will only apply one migration by default. This behavior can be changed for both by using the -limit parameter. The redo command will unapply the last migration and reapply it. This is useful during development, when you're writing migrations. Use the status command to see the state of the applied migrations: If you are using MySQL, you must append ?parseTime=true to the datasource configuration. For example: See https://github.com/go-sql-driver/mysql#parsetime for more information. Import sql-migrate into your application: Set up a source of migrations, this can be from memory, from a set of files or from bindata (more on that later): Then use the Exec function to upgrade your database: Note that n can be greater than 0 even if there is an error: any migration that succeeded will remain applied even if a later one fails. The full set of capabilities can be found in the API docs below. Migrations are defined in SQL files, which contain a set of SQL statements. Special comments are used to distinguish up and down migrations. You can put multiple statements in each block, as long as you end them with a semicolon (;). If you have complex statements which contain semicolons, use StatementBegin and StatementEnd to indicate boundaries: The order in which migrations are applied is defined through the filename: sql-migrate will sort migrations based on their name. It's recommended to use an increasing version number or a timestamp as the first part of the filename. Normally each migration is run within a transaction in order to guarantee that it is fully atomic. However some SQL commands (for example creating an index concurrently in PostgreSQL) cannot be executed inside a transaction. In order to execute such a command in a migration, the migration can be run using the notransaction option: If you like your Go applications self-contained (that is: a single binary): use packr (https://github.com/gobuffalo/packr) to embed the migration files. Just write your migration files as usual, as a set of SQL files in a folder. Use the PackrMigrationSource in your application to find the migrations: If you already have a box and would like to use a subdirectory: As an alternative, but slightly less maintained, you can use bindata (https://github.com/shuLhan/go-bindata) to embed the migration files. Just write your migration files as usual, as a set of SQL files in a folder. Then use bindata to generate a .go file with the migrations embedded: The resulting bindata.go file will contain your migrations. Remember to regenerate your bindata.go file whenever you add/modify a migration (go generate will help here, once it arrives). Use the AssetMigrationSource in your application to find the migrations: Both Asset and AssetDir are functions provided by bindata. Then proceed as usual. Adding a new migration source means implementing MigrationSource. The resulting slice of migrations will be executed in the given order, so it should usually be sorted by the Id field.

Package sdk is the official AWS SDK for the Go programming language. The AWS SDK for Go provides APIs and utilities that developers can use to build Go applications that use AWS services, such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3). The SDK removes the complexity of coding directly against a web service interface. It hides a lot of the lower-level plumbing, such as authentication, request retries, and error handling. The SDK also includes helpful utilities on top of the AWS APIs that add additional capabilities and functionality. For example, the Amazon S3 Download and Upload Manager will automatically split up large objects into multiple parts and transfer them concurrently. See the s3manager package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/ Checkout the Getting Started Guide and API Reference Docs detailed the SDK's components and details on each AWS client the SDK supports. The Getting Started Guide provides examples and detailed description of how to get setup with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/welcome.html The API Reference Docs include a detailed breakdown of the SDK's components such as utilities and AWS clients. Use this as a reference of the Go types included with the SDK, such as AWS clients, API operations, and API parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ The SDK is composed of two main components, SDK core, and service clients. The SDK core packages are all available under the aws package at the root of the SDK. Each client for a supported AWS service is available within its own package under the service folder at the root of the SDK. aws - SDK core, provides common shared types such as Config, Logger, and utilities to make working with API parameters easier. awserr - Provides the error interface that the SDK will use for all errors that occur in the SDK's processing. This includes service API response errors as well. The Error type is made up of a code and message. Cast the SDK's returned error type to awserr.Error and call the Code method to compare returned error to specific error codes. See the package's documentation for additional values that can be extracted such as RequestId. credentials - Provides the types and built in credentials providers the SDK will use to retrieve AWS credentials to make API requests with. Nested under this folder are also additional credentials providers such as stscreds for assuming IAM roles, and ec2rolecreds for EC2 Instance roles. endpoints - Provides the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata for the SDK. Use this to lookup AWS service endpoint information such as which services are in a region, and what regions a service is in. Constants are also provided for all region identifiers, e.g UsWest2RegionID for "us-west-2". session - Provides initial default configuration, and load configuration from external sources such as environment and shared credentials file. request - Provides the API request sending, and retry logic for the SDK. This package also includes utilities for defining your own request retryer, and configuring how the SDK processes the request. service - Clients for AWS services. All services supported by the SDK are available under this folder. The SDK includes the Go types and utilities you can use to make requests to AWS service APIs. Within the service folder at the root of the SDK you'll find a package for each AWS service the SDK supports. All service clients follows a common pattern of creation and usage. When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session value constructed. The Session provides shared configuration that can be shared between your service clients. When service clients are created you can pass in additional configuration via the aws.Config type to override configuration provided by in the Session to create service client instances with custom configuration. Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. In the AWS SDK for Go, you can configure settings for service clients, such as the log level and maximum number of retries. Most settings are optional; however, for each service client, you must specify a region and your credentials. The SDK uses these values to send requests to the correct AWS region and sign requests with the correct credentials. You can specify these values as part of a session or as environment variables. See the SDK's configuration guide for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html See the session package documentation for more information on how to use Session with the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/session/ See the Config type in the aws package for more information on configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config When using the SDK you'll generally need your AWS credentials to authenticate with AWS services. The SDK supports multiple methods of supporting these credentials. By default the SDK will source credentials automatically from its default credential chain. See the session package for more information on this chain, and how to configure it. The common items in the credential chain are the following: Environment Credentials - Set of environment variables that are useful when sub processes are created for specific roles. Shared Credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) - This file stores your credentials based on a profile name and is useful for local development. EC2 Instance Role Credentials - Use EC2 Instance Role to assign credentials to application running on an EC2 instance. This removes the need to manage credential files in production. Credentials can be configured in code as well by setting the Config's Credentials value to a custom provider or using one of the providers included with the SDK to bypass the default credential chain and use a custom one. This is helpful when you want to instruct the SDK to only use a specific set of credentials or providers. This example creates a credential provider for assuming an IAM role, "myRoleARN" and configures the S3 service client to use that role for API requests. See the credentials package documentation for more information on credential providers included with the SDK, and how to customize the SDK's usage of credentials. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/credentials The SDK has support for the shared configuration file (~/.aws/config). This support can be enabled by setting the environment variable, "AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1", or enabling the feature in code when creating a Session via the Option's SharedConfigState parameter. In addition to the credentials you'll need to specify the region the SDK will use to make AWS API requests to. In the SDK you can specify the region either with an environment variable, or directly in code when a Session or service client is created. The last value specified in code wins if the region is specified multiple ways. To set the region via the environment variable set the "AWS_REGION" to the region you want to the SDK to use. Using this method to set the region will allow you to run your application in multiple regions without needing additional code in the application to select the region. The endpoints package includes constants for all regions the SDK knows. The values are all suffixed with RegionID. These values are helpful, because they reduce the need to type the region string manually. To set the region on a Session use the aws package's Config struct parameter Region to the AWS region you want the service clients created from the session to use. This is helpful when you want to create multiple service clients, and all of the clients make API requests to the same region. See the endpoints package for the AWS Regions and Endpoints metadata. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/endpoints/ In addition to setting the region when creating a Session you can also set the region on a per service client bases. This overrides the region of a Session. This is helpful when you want to create service clients in specific regions different from the Session's region. See the Config type in the aws package for more information and additional options such as setting the Endpoint, and other service client configuration options. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response and an error. The SDK provides methods for making the API call in multiple ways. In this list we'll use the S3 ListObjects API as an example for the different ways of making API requests. ListObjects - Base API operation that will make the API request to the service. ListObjectsRequest - API methods suffixed with Request will construct the API request, but not send it. This is also helpful when you want to get a presigned URL for a request, and share the presigned URL instead of your application making the request directly. ListObjectsPages - Same as the base API operation, but uses a callback to automatically handle pagination of the API's response. ListObjectsWithContext - Same as base API operation, but adds support for the Context pattern. This is helpful for controlling the canceling of in flight requests. See the Go standard library context package for more information. This method also takes request package's Option functional options as the variadic argument for modifying how the request will be made, or extracting information from the raw HTTP response. ListObjectsPagesWithContext - same as ListObjectsPages, but adds support for the Context pattern. Similar to ListObjectsWithContext this method also takes the request package's Option function option types as the variadic argument. In addition to the API operations the SDK also includes several higher level methods that abstract checking for and waiting for an AWS resource to be in a desired state. In this list we'll use WaitUntilBucketExists to demonstrate the different forms of waiters. WaitUntilBucketExists. - Method to make API request to query an AWS service for a resource's state. Will return successfully when that state is accomplished. WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext - Same as WaitUntilBucketExists, but adds support for the Context pattern. In addition these methods take request package's WaiterOptions to configure the waiter, and how underlying request will be made by the SDK. The API method will document which error codes the service might return for the operation. These errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode" in the service client's package. If there are no errors listed in the API's SDK documentation you'll need to consult the AWS service's API documentation for the errors that could be returned. Pagination helper methods are suffixed with "Pages", and provide the functionality needed to round trip API page requests. Pagination methods take a callback function that will be called for each page of the API's response. Waiter helper methods provide the functionality to wait for an AWS resource state. These methods abstract the logic needed to to check the state of an AWS resource, and wait until that resource is in a desired state. The waiter will block until the resource is in the state that is desired, an error occurs, or the waiter times out. If a resource times out the error code returned will be request.WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode. This example shows a complete working Go file which will upload a file to S3 and use the Context pattern to implement timeout logic that will cancel the request if it takes too long. This example highlights how to use sessions, create a service client, make a request, handle the error, and process the response.

bíogo is a bioinformatics library for the Go language. It is a work in progress. bíogo stems from the need to address the size and structure of modern genomic and metagenomic data sets. These properties enforce requirements on the libraries and languages used for analysis: In addition to the computational burden of massive data set sizes in modern genomics there is an increasing need for complex pipelines to resolve questions in tightening problem space and also a developing need to be able to develop new algorithms to allow novel approaches to interesting questions. These issues suggest the need for a simplicity in syntax to facilitate: Related to the second issue is the reluctance of some researchers to release code because of quality concerns http://www.nature.com/news/2010/101013/full/467753a.html The issue of code release is the first of the principles formalised in the Science Code Manifesto http://sciencecodemanifesto.org/ A language with a simple, yet expressive, syntax should facilitate development of higher quality code and thus help reduce this barrier to research code release. It seems that nearly every language has it own bioinformatics library, some of which are very mature, for example BioPerl and BioPython. Why add another one? The different libraries excel in different fields, acting as scripting glue for applications in a pipeline (much of [1-3]) and interacting with external hosts [1, 2, 4, 5], wrapping lower level high performance languages with more user friendly syntax [1-4] or providing bioinformatics functions for high performance languages [5, 6]. The intended niche for bíogo lies somewhere between the scripting libraries and high performance language libraries in being easy to use for both small and large projects while having reasonable performance with computationally intensive tasks. The intent is to reduce the level of investment required to develop new research software for computationally intensive tasks. The bíogo library structure is influenced both by the structure of BioPerl and the Go core libraries. The coding style should be aligned with normal Go idioms as represented in the Go core libraries. Position numbering in the bíogo library conforms to the zero-based indexing of Go and range indexing conforms to Go's half-open zero-based slice indexing. This is at odds with the 'normal' inclusive indexing used by molecular biologists. This choice was made to avoid inconsistent indexing spaces being used — one-based inclusive for bíogo functions and methods and zero-based for native Go slices and arrays — and so avoid errors that this would otherwise facilitate. Note that the GFF package does allow, and defaults to, one-based inclusive indexing in its input and output of GFF files. Quality scores are supported for all sequence types, including protein. Phred and Solexa scoring systems are able to be read from files, however internal representation of quality scores is with Phred, so there will be precision loss in conversion. A Solexa quality score type is provided for use where this will be a problem. Copyright ©2011-2012 The bíogo Authors except where otherwise noted. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.

bíogo is a bioinformatics library for the Go language. It is a work in progress. bíogo stems from the need to address the size and structure of modern genomic and metagenomic data sets. These properties enforce requirements on the libraries and languages used for analysis: In addition to the computational burden of massive data set sizes in modern genomics there is an increasing need for complex pipelines to resolve questions in tightening problem space and also a developing need to be able to develop new algorithms to allow novel approaches to interesting questions. These issues suggest the need for a simplicity in syntax to facilitate: Related to the second issue is the reluctance of some researchers to release code because of quality concerns http://www.nature.com/news/2010/101013/full/467753a.html The issue of code release is the first of the principles formalised in the Science Code Manifesto http://sciencecodemanifesto.org/ A language with a simple, yet expressive, syntax should facilitate development of higher quality code and thus help reduce this barrier to research code release. It seems that nearly every language has it own bioinformatics library, some of which are very mature, for example BioPerl and BioPython. Why add another one? The different libraries excel in different fields, acting as scripting glue for applications in a pipeline (much of [1-3]) and interacting with external hosts [1, 2, 4, 5], wrapping lower level high performance languages with more user friendly syntax [1-4] or providing bioinformatics functions for high performance languages [5, 6]. The intended niche for bíogo lies somewhere between the scripting libraries and high performance language libraries in being easy to use for both small and large projects while having reasonable performance with computationally intensive tasks. The intent is to reduce the level of investment required to develop new research software for computationally intensive tasks. The bíogo library structure is influenced both by the structure of BioPerl and the Go core libraries. The coding style should be aligned with normal Go idioms as represented in the Go core libraries. Position numbering in the bíogo library conforms to the zero-based indexing of Go and range indexing conforms to Go's half-open zero-based slice indexing. This is at odds with the 'normal' inclusive indexing used by molecular biologists. This choice was made to avoid inconsistent indexing spaces being used — one-based inclusive for bíogo functions and methods and zero-based for native Go slices and arrays — and so avoid errors that this would otherwise facilitate. Note that the GFF package does allow, and defaults to, one-based inclusive indexing in its input and output of GFF files. Quality scores are supported for all sequence types, including protein. Phred and Solexa scoring systems are able to be read from files, however internal representation of quality scores is with Phred, so there will be precision loss in conversion. A Solexa quality score type is provided for use where this will be a problem. Copyright ©2011-2012 The bíogo Authors except where otherwise noted. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

A dynamic and extensible music library organizer Demlo is a music library organizer. It can encode, fix case, change folder hierarchy according to tags or file properties, tag from an online database, copy covers while ignoring duplicates or those below a quality threshold, and much more. It makes it possible to manage your libraries uniformly and dynamically. You can write your own rules to fit your needs best. Demlo aims at being as lightweight and portable as possible. Its major runtime dependency is the transcoder FFmpeg. The scripts are written in Lua for portability and speed while allowing virtually unlimited extensibility. Usage: For usage options, see: First Demlo creates a list of all input files. When a folder is specified, all files matching the extensions from the 'extensions' variable will be appended to the list. Identical files are appended only once. Next all files get analyzed: - The audio file details (tags, stream properties, format properties, etc.) are stored into the 'input' variable. The 'output' variable gets its default values from 'input', or from an index file if specified from command-line. If no index has been specified and if an attached cuesheet is found, all cuesheet details are appended accordingly. Cuesheet tags override stream tags, which override format tags. Finally, still without index, tags can be retrieved from Internet if the command-line option is set. - If a prescript has been specified, it gets executed. It makes it possible to adjust the input values and global variables before running the other scripts. - The scripts, if any, get executed in the lexicographic order of their basename. The 'output' variable is transformed accordingly. Scripts may contain rules such as defining a new file name, new tags, new encoding properties, etc. You can use conditions on input values to set the output properties, which makes it virtually possible to process a full music library in one single run. - If a postscript has been specified, it gets executed. It makes it possible to adjust the output of the script for the current run only. - Demlo makes some last-minute tweaking if need be: it adjusts the bitrate, the path, the encoding parameters, and so on. - A preview of changes is displayed. - When applying changes, the covers get copied if required and the audio file gets processed: tags are modified as specified, the file is re-encoded if required, and the output is written to the appropriate folder. When destination already exists, the 'exist' action is executed. The program's default behaviour can be changed from the user configuration file. (See the 'Files' section for a template.) Most command-line flags default value can be changed. The configuration file is loaded on startup, before parsing the command-line options. Review the default value of the CLI flags with 'demlo -h'. If you wish to use no configuration file, set the environment variable DEMLORC to ".". Scripts can contain any safe Lua code. Some functions like 'os.execute' are not available for security reasons. It is not possible to print to the standard output/error unless running in debug mode and using the 'debug' function. See the 'sandbox.go' file for a list of allowed functions and variables. Lua patterns are replaced by Go regexps. See https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax. Scripts have no requirements at all. However, to be useful, they should set values of the 'output' table detailed in the 'Variables' section. You can use the full power of the Lua to set the variables dynamically. For instance: 'input' and 'output' are both accessible from any script. All default functions and variables (excluding 'output') are reset on every script call to enforce consistency. Local variables are lost from one script call to another. Global variables are preserved. Use this feature to pass data like options or new functions. 'output' structure consistency is guaranteed at the start of every script. Demlo will only extract the fields with the right type as described in the 'Variables' section. Warning: Do not abuse of global variables, especially when processing non-fixed size data (e.g. tables). Data could grow big and slow down the program. By default, when the destination exists, Demlo will append a suffix to the output destination. This behaviour can be changed from the 'exist' action specified by the user. Demlo comes with a few default actions. The 'exist' action works just like scripts with the following differences: - Any change to 'output.path' will be skipped. - An additional variable is accessible from the action: 'existinfo' holds the file details of the existing files in the same fashion as 'input'. This allows for comparing the input file and the existing destination. The writing rules can be tweaked the following way: Word of caution: overwriting breaks Demlo's rule of not altering existing files. It can lead to undesired results if the overwritten file is also part of the (yet to be processed) input. The overwrite capability can be useful when syncing music libraries however. The user scripts should be generic. Therefore they may not properly handle some uncommon input values. Tweak the input with temporary overrides from command-line. The prescript and postscript defined on command-line will let you run arbitrary code that is run before and after all other scripts, respectively. Use global variables to transfer data and parameters along. If the prescript and postscript end up being too long, consider writing a demlo script. You can also define shell aliases or use wrapper scripts as convenience. The 'input' table describes the file: Bitrate is in bits per seconds (bps). That is, for 320 kbps you would specify The 'time' is the modification time of the file. It holds the sec seconds and nsec nanoseconds since January 1, 1970 UTC. The entry 'streams' and 'format' are as returned by It gives access to most metadata that FFmpeg can return. For instance, to get the duration of the track in seconds, query the variable 'input.format.duration'. Since there may be more than one stream (covers, other data), the first audio stream is assumed to be the music stream. For convenience, the index of the music stream is stored in 'audioindex'. The tags returned by FFmpeg are found in streams, format and in the cuesheet. To make tag queries easier, all tags are stored in the 'tags' table, with the following precedence: You can remove a tag by setting it to 'nil' or the empty string. This is equivalent, except that 'nil' saves some memory during the process. The 'output' table describes the transformation to apply to the file: The 'parameters' array holds the CLI parameters passed to FFmpeg. It can be anything supported by FFmpeg, although this variable is supposed to hold encoding information. See the 'Examples' section. The 'embeddedcovers', 'externalcovers' and 'onlinecover' variables are detailed in the 'Covers' section. The 'write' variable is covered in the 'Existing destination' section. The 'rmsrc' variable is a boolean: when true, Demlo removes the source file after processing. This can speed up the process when not re-encoding. This option is ignored for multi-track files. For convenience, the following shortcuts are provided: Demlo provides some non-standard Lua functions to ease scripting. Display a message on stderr if debug mode is on. Return lowercase string without non-alphanumeric characters nor leading zeros. Return the relation coefficient of the two input strings. The result is a float in 0.0...1.0, 0.0 means no relation at all, 1.0 means identical strings. A format is a container in FFmpeg's terminology. 'output.parameters' contains CLI flags passed to FFmpeg. They are meant to set the stream codec, the bitrate, etc. If 'output.parameters' is {'-c:a', 'copy'} and the format is identical, then taglib will be used instead of FFmpeg. Use this rule from a (post)script to disable encoding by setting the same format and the copy parameters. This speeds up the process. The official scripts are usually very smart at guessing the right values. They might make mistakes however. If you are unsure, you can (and you are advised to) preview the results before proceeding. The 'diff' preview is printed to stderr. A JSON preview of the changes is printed to stdout if stdout is redirected. The initial values of the 'output' table can be completed with tags fetched from the MusicBrainz database. Audio files are fingerprinted for the queries, so even with initially wrong file names and tags, the right values should still be retrieved. The front album cover can also be retrieved. Proxy parameters will be fetched automatically from the 'http_proxy' and 'https_proxy' environment variables. As this process requires network access it can be quite slow. Nevertheless, Demlo is specifically optimized for albums, so that network queries are used for only one track per album, when possible. Some tracks can be released on different albums: Demlo tries to guess it from the tags, but if the tags are wrong there is no way to know which one it is. There is a case where the selection can be controlled: let's assume we have tracks A, B and C from the same album Z. A and B were also released in album Y, whereas C was release in Z only. Tags for A will be checked online; let's assume it gets tagged to album Y. B will use A details, so album Y too. Then C does not match neither A's nor B's album, so another online query will be made and it will be tagged to album Z. This is slow and does not yield the expected result. Now let's call Tags for C will be queried online, and C will be tagged to Z. Then both A and B will match album Z so they will be tagged using C details, which is the desired result. Conclusion: when using online tagging, the first argument should be the lesser known track of the album. Demlo can set the output variables according to the values set in a text file before calling the script. The input values are ignored as well as online tagging, but it is still possible to access the input table from scripts. This 'index' file is formatted in JSON. It corresponds to what Demlo outputs when printing the JSON preview. This is valid JSON except for the missing beginning and the missing end. It makes it possible to concatenate and to append to existing index files. Demlo will automatically complete the missing parts so that it becomes valid JSON. The index file is useful when you want to edit tags manually: You can redirect the output to a file, edit the content manually with your favorite text editor, then run Demlo again with the index as argument. See the 'Examples' section. This feature can also be used to interface Demlo with other programs. Demlo can manage embedded covers as well as external covers. External covers are queried from files matching known extensions in the file's folder. Embedded covers are queried from static video streams in the file. Covers are accessed from The embedded covers are indexed numerically by order of appearance in the streams. The first cover will be at index 1 and so on. This is not necessarily the index of the stream. 'inputcover' is the following structure: 'format' is the picture format. FFmpeg makes a distinction between format and codec, but it is not useful for covers. The name of the format is specified by Demlo, not by FFmpeg. Hence the 'jpeg' name, instead of 'mjpeg' as FFmpeg puts it. 'width' and 'height' hold the size in pixels. 'checksum' can be used to identify files uniquely. For performance reasons, only a partial checksum is performed. This variable is typically used for skipping duplicates. Cover transformations are specified in 'outputcover' has the following structure: The format is specified by FFmpeg this time. See the comments on 'format' for 'inputcover'. 'parameters' is used in the same fashion as 'output.parameters'. User configuration: This must be a Lua file. See the 'demlorc' file provided with this package for an exhaustive list of options. Folder containing the official scripts: User script folder: Create this folder and add your own scripts inside. This folder takes precedence over the system folder, so scripts with the same name will be found in the user folder first. The following examples will not proceed unless the '-p' command-line option is true. Important: you _must_ use single quotes for the runtime Lua command to prevent expansion. Inside the Lua code, use double quotes for strings and escape single quotes. Show default options: Preview changes made by the default scripts: Use 'alternate' script if found in user or system script folder (user folder first): Add the Lua file to the list of scripts. This feature is convenient if you want to write scripts that are too complex to fit on the command-line, but not generic enough to fit the user or system script folders. Remove all script from the list, then add '30-case' and '60-path' scripts. Note that '30-case' will be run before '60-path'. Do not use any script but '60-path'. The file content is unchanged and the file is renamed to a dynamically computed destination. Demlo performs an instant rename if destination is on the same device. Otherwise it copies the file and removes the source. Use the default scripts (if set in configuration file), but do not re-encode: Set 'artist' to the value of 'composer', and 'title' to be preceded by the new value of 'artist', then apply the default script. Do not re-encode. Order in runtime script matters. Mind the double quotes. Set track number to first number in input file name: Use the default scripts but keep original value for the 'artist' tag: 1) Preview default scripts transformation and save it to an index. 2) Edit file to fix any potential mistake. 3) Run Demlo over the same files using the index information only. Same as above but generate output filename according to the custom '61-rename' script. The numeric prefix is important: it ensures that '61-rename' will be run after all the default tag related scripts and after '60-path'. Otherwise, if a change in tags would occur later on, it would not affect the renaming script. Retrieve tags from Internet: Same as above but for a whole album, and saving the result to an index: Only download the cover for the album corresponding to the track. Use 'rmsrc' to avoid duplicating the audio file. Change tags inplace with entries from MusicBrainz: Set tags to titlecase while casing AC-DC correctly: To easily switch between formats from command-line, create one script per format (see 50-encoding.lua), e.g. ogg.lua and flac.lua. Then Add support for non-default formats from CLI: Overwrite existing destination if input is newer: ffmpeg(1), ffprobe(1), http://www.lua.org/pil/contents.html

Package mcxjson provides infrastructure for working with MultiCash JSON-RPC APIs. When communicating via the JSON-RPC protocol, all requests and responses must be marshalled to and from the wire in the appropriate format. This package provides infrastructure and primitives to ease this process. This information is not necessary in order to use this package, but it does provide some intuition into what the marshalling and unmarshalling that is discussed below is doing under the hood. As defined by the JSON-RPC spec, there are effectively two forms of messages on the wire: Request Objects {"jsonrpc":"1.0","id":"SOMEID","method":"SOMEMETHOD","params":[SOMEPARAMS]} NOTE: Notifications are the same format except the id field is null. Response Objects {"result":SOMETHING,"error":null,"id":"SOMEID"} {"result":null,"error":{"code":SOMEINT,"message":SOMESTRING},"id":"SOMEID"} For requests, the params field can vary in what it contains depending on the method (a.k.a. command) being sent. Each parameter can be as simple as an int or a complex structure containing many nested fields. The id field is used to identify a request and will be included in the associated response. When working with streamed RPC transports, such as websockets, spontaneous notifications are also possible. As indicated, they are the same as a request object, except they have the id field set to null. Therefore, servers will ignore requests with the id field set to null, while clients can choose to consume or ignore them. Unfortunately, the original Bitcoin JSON-RPC API (and hence anything compatible with it) doesn't always follow the spec and will sometimes return an error string in the result field with a null error for certain commands. However, for the most part, the error field will be set as described on failure. To simplify the marshalling of the requests and responses, the MarshalCmd and MarshalResponse functions are provided. They return the raw bytes ready to be sent across the wire. Unmarshalling a received Request object is a two step process: This approach is used since it provides the caller with access to the additional fields in the request that are not part of the command such as the ID. Unmarshalling a received Response object is also a two step process: As above, this approach is used since it provides the caller with access to the fields in the response such as the ID and Error. This package provides the NewCmd function which takes a method (command) name and variable arguments. The function includes full checking to ensure the parameters are accurate according to provided method, however these checks are, obviously, run-time which means any mistakes won't be found until the code is actually executed. However, it is quite useful for user-supplied commands that are intentionally dynamic. External packages can and should implement types implementing Command for use with MarshalCmd/ParseParams. The command handling of this package is built around the concept of registered commands. This is true for the wide variety of commands already provided by the package, but it also means caller can easily provide custom commands with all of the same functionality as the built-in commands. Use the RegisterCmd function for this purpose. A list of all registered methods can be obtained with the RegisteredCmdMethods function. All registered commands are registered with flags that identify information such as whether the command applies to a chain server, wallet server, or is a notification along with the method name to use. These flags can be obtained with the MethodUsageFlags flags, and the method can be obtained with the CmdMethod function. To facilitate providing consistent help to users of the RPC server, this package exposes the GenerateHelp and function which uses reflection on registered commands or notifications to generate the final help text. In addition, the MethodUsageText function is provided to generate consistent one-line usage for registered commands and notifications using reflection. There are 2 distinct type of errors supported by this package: The first category of errors (type Error) typically indicates a programmer error and can be avoided by properly using the API. Errors of this type will be returned from the various functions available in this package. They identify issues such as unsupported field types, attempts to register malformed commands, and attempting to create a new command with an improper number of parameters. The specific reason for the error can be detected by type asserting it to a *mcxjson.Error and accessing the ErrorKind field. The second category of errors (type RPCError), on the other hand, are useful for returning errors to RPC clients. Consequently, they are used in the previously described Response type. This example demonstrates how to unmarshal a JSON-RPC response and then unmarshal the result field in the response to a concrete type.

Package blush searches for matches with colours. Usage Any occurrence of "first search" will be in blue, "second one" and "and another one" are in green. With this method all texts are shown, but the matching words are coloured. You can activate this mode by providing "--colour" or "-C" argument. Blush can also read from a pipe: Arguments File names or paths are matched from the end. Any argument that doesn't match any files or paths are considered as regular expression. If regular expressions are not followed by colouring arguments are coloured based on previously provided colour: If no colour is provided, blush will choose blue. If you only provide file/path, it will print them out without colouring. If the matcher contains only alphabets and numbers, a non-regular expression is applied to search. You can provide a number for a colour argument to create a colour group: All matches will be shown as blue. But `match1` and `match3` will have a different background colour than `match2`. This means the numbers will create colour groups. You also can provide a colour with a series of grep requests: You can choose a pre-defined colour, or pass it your own colour with a hash: You must put your complex grep into quotations:

Package dragonboat is a multi-group Raft implementation. The NodeHost struct is the facade interface for all features provided by the dragonboat package. Each NodeHost instance usually runs on a separate host managing its CPU, storage and network resources. Each NodeHost can manage Raft nodes from many different Raft groups known as Raft clusters. Each Raft cluster is identified by its ClusterID and it usually consists of multiple nodes, each identified its NodeID value. Nodes from the same Raft cluster can be considered as replicas of the same data, they are suppose to be distributed on different NodeHost instances across the network, this brings fault tolerance to machine and network failures as application data stored in the Raft cluster will be available as long as the majority of its managing NodeHost instances (i.e. its underlying hosts) are available. User applications can leverage the power of the Raft protocol implemented in dragonboat by implementing the IStateMachine or IOnDiskStateMachine component, as defined in github.com/vyevenko/dragonboat/v3/statemachine. Known as user state machines, each IStateMachine and IOnDiskStateMachine instance is in charge of updating, querying and snapshotting application data with minimum exposure to the complexity of the Raft protocol implementation. User applications can use NodeHost's APIs to update the state of their IStateMachine or IOnDiskStateMachine instances, this is called making proposals. Once accepted by the majority nodes of a Raft cluster, the proposal is considered as committed and it will be applied on all member nodes of the Raft cluster. Applications can also make linearizable reads to query the state of the IStateMachine or IOnDiskStateMachine instances. Dragonboat employs the ReadIndex protocol invented by Diego Ongaro for fast linearizable reads. Dragonboat guarantees the linearizability of your I/O when interacting with the IStateMachine or IOnDiskStateMachine instances. In plain English, writes (via making proposal) to your Raft cluster appears to be instantaneous, once a write is completed, all later reads (linearizable read using the ReadIndex protocol as implemented and provided in dragonboat) should return the value of that write or a later write. Once a value is returned by a linearizable read, all later reads should return the same value or the result of a later write. To strictly provide such guarantee, we need to implement the at-most-once semantic required by linearizability. For a client, when it retries the proposal that failed to complete before its deadline during the previous attempt, it has the risk to have the same proposal committed and applied twice into the user state machine. Dragonboat prevents this by implementing the client session concept described in Diego Ongaro's PhD thesis. Arbitrary number of Raft clusters can be launched across the network simultaneously to aggregate distributed processing and storage capacities. Users can also make membership change requests to add or remove nodes from any interested Raft cluster. NodeHost APIs for making the above mentioned requests can be loosely classified into two categories, synchronous and asynchronous APIs. Synchronous APIs will not return until the completion of the requested operation. Their method names all start with Sync*. The asynchronous counterparts of such synchronous APIs, on the other hand, usually return immediately. This allows users to concurrently initiate multiple such asynchronous operations to save the total amount of time required to complete all of them. Dragonboat is a feature complete Multi-Group Raft implementation - snapshotting, membership change, leadership transfer, non-voting members and disk based state machine are all provided. Dragonboat is also extensively optimized. The Raft protocol implementation is fully pipelined, meaning proposals can start before the completion of previous proposals. This is critical for system throughput in high latency environment. Dragonboat is also fully batched, internal operations are batched whenever possible to maximize the overall throughput.

Package fetchbot provides a simple and flexible web crawler that follows the robots.txt policies and crawl delays. It is very much a rewrite of gocrawl (https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/gocrawl) with a simpler API, less features built-in, but at the same time more flexibility. As for Go itself, sometimes less is more! To install, simply run in a terminal: The package has a single external dependency, robotstxt (https://github.com/temoto/robotstxt-go). It also integrates code from the iq package (https://github.com/kylelemons/iq). The API documentation is available on godoc.org (http://godoc.org/github.com/PuerkitoBio/fetchbot). The following example (taken from /example/short/main.go) shows how to create and start a Fetcher, one way to send commands, and how to stop the fetcher once all commands have been handled. A more complex and complete example can be found in the repository, at /example/full/. Basically, a Fetcher is an instance of a web crawler, independent of other Fetchers. It receives Commands via the Queue, executes the requests, and calls a Handler to process the responses. A Command is an interface that tells the Fetcher which URL to fetch, and which HTTP method to use (i.e. "GET", "HEAD", ...). A call to Fetcher.Start() returns the Queue associated with this Fetcher. This is the thread-safe object that can be used to send commands, or to stop the crawler. Both the Command and the Handler are interfaces, and may be implemented in various ways. They are defined like so: A Context is a struct that holds the Command and the Queue, so that the Handler always knows which Command initiated this call, and has a handle to the Queue. A Handler is similar to the net/http Handler, and middleware-style combinations can be built on top of it. A HandlerFunc type is provided so that simple functions with the right signature can be used as Handlers (like net/http.HandlerFunc), and there is also a multiplexer Mux that can be used to dispatch calls to different Handlers based on some criteria. The Fetcher recognizes a number of interfaces that the Command may implement, for more advanced needs. * BasicAuthProvider: Implement this interface to specify the basic authentication credentials to set on the request. * CookiesProvider: If the Command implements this interface, the provided Cookies will be set on the request. * HeaderProvider: Implement this interface to specify the headers to set on the request. * ReaderProvider: Implement this interface to set the body of the request, via an io.Reader. * ValuesProvider: Implement this interface to set the body of the request, as form-encoded values. If the Content-Type is not specifically set via a HeaderProvider, it is set to "application/x-www-form-urlencoded". ReaderProvider and ValuesProvider should be mutually exclusive as they both set the body of the request. If both are implemented, the ReaderProvider interface is used. * Handler: Implement this interface if the Command's response should be handled by a specific callback function. By default, the response is handled by the Fetcher's Handler, but if the Command implements this, this handler function takes precedence and the Fetcher's Handler is ignored. Since the Command is an interface, it can be a custom struct that holds additional information, such as an ID for the URL (e.g. from a database), or a depth counter so that the crawling stops at a certain depth, etc. For basic commands that don't require additional information, the package provides the Cmd struct that implements the Command interface. This is the Command implementation used when using the various Queue.SendString\* methods. There is also a convenience HandlerCmd struct for the commands that should be handled by a specific callback function. It is a Command with a Handler interface implementation. The Fetcher has a number of fields that provide further customization: * HttpClient : By default, the Fetcher uses the net/http default Client to make requests. A different client can be set on the Fetcher.HttpClient field. * CrawlDelay : That value is used only if there is no delay specified by the robots.txt of a given host. * UserAgent : Sets the user agent string to use for the requests and to validate against the robots.txt entries. * WorkerIdleTTL : Sets the duration that a worker goroutine can wait without receiving new commands to fetch. If the idle time-to-live is reached, the worker goroutine is stopped and its resources are released. This can be especially useful for long-running crawlers. * AutoClose : If true, closes the queue automatically once the number of active hosts reach 0. * DisablePoliteness : If true, ignores the robots.txt policies of the hosts. What fetchbot doesn't do - especially compared to gocrawl - is that it doesn't keep track of already visited URLs, and it doesn't normalize the URLs. This is outside the scope of this package - all commands sent on the Queue will be fetched. Normalization can easily be done (e.g. using https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/purell) before sending the Command to the Fetcher. How to keep track of visited URLs depends on the use-case of the specific crawler, but for an example, see /example/full/main.go. The BSD 3-Clause license (http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause), the same as the Go language. The iq_slice.go file is under the CDDL-1.0 license (details in the source file).

Package chromedp is a high level Chrome DevTools Protocol client that simplifies driving browsers for scraping, unit testing, or profiling web pages using the CDP. chromedp requires no third-party dependencies, implementing the async Chrome DevTools Protocol entirely in Go. This package includes a number of simple examples. Additionally, https://github.com/chromedp/examples contains more complex examples.

bíogo is a bioinformatics library for the Go language. It is a work in progress. bíogo stems from the need to address the size and structure of modern genomic and metagenomic data sets. These properties enforce requirements on the libraries and languages used for analysis: In addition to the computational burden of massive data set sizes in modern genomics there is an increasing need for complex pipelines to resolve questions in tightening problem space and also a developing need to be able to develop new algorithms to allow novel approaches to interesting questions. These issues suggest the need for a simplicity in syntax to facilitate: Related to the second issue is the reluctance of some researchers to release code because of quality concerns http://www.nature.com/news/2010/101013/full/467753a.html The issue of code release is the first of the principles formalised in the Science Code Manifesto http://sciencecodemanifesto.org/ A language with a simple, yet expressive, syntax should facilitate development of higher quality code and thus help reduce this barrier to research code release. It seems that nearly every language has it own bioinformatics library, some of which are very mature, for example BioPerl and BioPython. Why add another one? The different libraries excel in different fields, acting as scripting glue for applications in a pipeline (much of [1-3]) and interacting with external hosts [1, 2, 4, 5], wrapping lower level high performance languages with more user friendly syntax [1-4] or providing bioinformatics functions for high performance languages [5, 6]. The intended niche for bíogo lies somewhere between the scripting libraries and high performance language libraries in being easy to use for both small and large projects while having reasonable performance with computationally intensive tasks. The intent is to reduce the level of investment required to develop new research software for computationally intensive tasks. The bíogo library structure is influenced both by the structure of BioPerl and the Go core libraries. The coding style should be aligned with normal Go idioms as represented in the Go core libraries. Position numbering in the bíogo library conforms to the zero-based indexing of Go and range indexing conforms to Go's half-open zero-based slice indexing. This is at odds with the 'normal' inclusive indexing used by molecular biologists. This choice was made to avoid inconsistent indexing spaces being used — one-based inclusive for bíogo functions and methods and zero-based for native Go slices and arrays — and so avoid errors that this would otherwise facilitate. Note that the GFF package does allow, and defaults to, one-based inclusive indexing in its input and output of GFF files. Quality scores are supported for all sequence types, including protein. Phred and Solexa scoring systems are able to be read from files, however internal representation of quality scores is with Phred, so there will be precision loss in conversion. A Solexa quality score type is provided for use where this will be a problem. Copyright ©2011-2012 The bíogo Authors except where otherwise noted. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.

Package skipper provides an HTTP routing library with flexible configuration as well as a runtime update of the routing rules. Skipper works as an HTTP reverse proxy that is responsible for mapping incoming requests to multiple HTTP backend services, based on routes that are selected by the request attributes. At the same time, both the requests and the responses can be augmented by a filter chain that is specifically defined for each route. Optionally, it can provide circuit breaker mechanism individually for each backend host. Skipper can load and update the route definitions from multiple data sources without being restarted. It provides a default executable command with a few built-in filters, however, its primary use case is to be extended with custom filters, predicates or data sources. For further information read 'Extending Skipper'. Skipper took the core design and inspiration from Vulcand: https://github.com/mailgun/vulcand. Skipper is 'go get' compatible. If needed, create a 'go workspace' first: Get the Skipper packages: Create a file with a route: Optionally, verify the syntax of the file: Start Skipper and make an HTTP request: The core of Skipper's request processing is implemented by a reverse proxy in the 'proxy' package. The proxy receives the incoming request, forwards it to the routing engine in order to receive the most specific matching route. When a route matches, the request is forwarded to all filters defined by it. The filters can modify the request or execute any kind of program logic. Once the request has been processed by all the filters, it is forwarded to the backend endpoint of the route. The response from the backend goes once again through all the filters in reverse order. Finally, it is mapped as the response of the original incoming request. Besides the default proxying mechanism, it is possible to define routes without a real network backend endpoint. One of these cases is called a 'shunt' backend, in which case one of the filters needs to handle the request providing its own response (e.g. the 'static' filter). Actually, filters themselves can instruct the request flow to shunt by calling the Serve(*http.Response) method of the filter context. Another case of a route without a network backend is the 'loopback'. A loopback route can be used to match a request, modified by filters, against the lookup tree with different conditions and then execute a different route. One example scenario can be to use a single route as an entry point to execute some calculation to get an A/B testing decision and then matching the updated request metadata for the actual destination route. This way the calculation can be executed for only those requests that don't contain information about a previously calculated decision. For further details, see the 'proxy' and 'filters' package documentation. Finding a request's route happens by matching the request attributes to the conditions in the route's definitions. Such definitions may have the following conditions: - method - path (optionally with wildcards) - path regular expressions - host regular expressions - headers - header regular expressions It is also possible to create custom predicates with any other matching criteria. The relation between the conditions in a route definition is 'and', meaning, that a request must fulfill each condition to match a route. For further details, see the 'routing' package documentation. Filters are applied in order of definition to the request and in reverse order to the response. They are used to modify request and response attributes, such as headers, or execute background tasks, like logging. Some filters may handle the requests without proxying them to service backends. Filters, depending on their implementation, may accept/require parameters, that are set specifically to the route. For further details, see the 'filters' package documentation. Each route has one of the following backends: HTTP endpoint, shunt or loopback. Backend endpoints can be any HTTP service. They are specified by their network address, including the protocol scheme, the domain name or the IP address, and optionally the port number: e.g. "https://www.example.org:4242". (The path and query are sent from the original request, or set by filters.) A shunt route means that Skipper handles the request alone and doesn't make requests to a backend service. In this case, it is the responsibility of one of the filters to generate the response. A loopback route executes the routing mechanism on current state of the request from the start, including the route lookup. This way it serves as a form of an internal redirect. Route definitions consist of the following: - request matching conditions (predicates) - filter chain (optional) - backend (either an HTTP endpoint or a shunt) The eskip package implements the in-memory and text representations of route definitions, including a parser. (Note to contributors: in order to stay compatible with 'go get', the generated part of the parser is stored in the repository. When changing the grammar, 'go generate' needs to be executed explicitly to update the parser.) For further details, see the 'eskip' package documentation Skipper has filter implementations of basic auth and OAuth2. It can be integrated with tokeninfo based OAuth2 providers. For details, see: https://godoc.org/github.com/zalando/skipper/filters/auth. Skipper's route definitions of Skipper are loaded from one or more data sources. It can receive incremental updates from those data sources at runtime. It provides three different data clients: - Kubernetes: Skipper can be used as part of a Kubernetes Ingress Controller implementation together with https://github.com/zalando-incubator/kube-ingress-aws-controller . In this scenario, Skipper uses the Kubernetes API's Ingress extensions as a source for routing. For a complete deployment example, see more details in: https://github.com/zalando-incubator/kubernetes-on-aws/ . - Innkeeper: the Innkeeper service implements a storage for large sets of Skipper routes, with an HTTP+JSON API, OAuth2 authentication and role management. See the 'innkeeper' package and https://github.com/zalando/innkeeper. - etcd: Skipper can load routes and receive updates from etcd clusters (https://github.com/coreos/etcd). See the 'etcd' package. - static file: package eskipfile implements a simple data client, which can load route definitions from a static file in eskip format. Currently, it loads the routes on startup. It doesn't support runtime updates. Skipper can use additional data sources, provided by extensions. Sources must implement the DataClient interface in the routing package. Skipper provides circuit breakers, configured either globally, based on backend hosts or based on individual routes. It supports two types of circuit breaker behavior: open on N consecutive failures, or open on N failures out of M requests. For details, see: https://godoc.org/github.com/zalando/skipper/circuit. Skipper can be started with the default executable command 'skipper', or as a library built into an application. The easiest way to start Skipper as a library is to execute the 'Run' function of the current, root package. Each option accepted by the 'Run' function is wired in the default executable as well, as a command line flag. E.g. EtcdUrls becomes -etcd-urls as a comma separated list. For command line help, enter: An additional utility, eskip, can be used to verify, print, update and delete routes from/to files or etcd (Innkeeper on the roadmap). See the cmd/eskip command package, and/or enter in the command line: Skipper doesn't use dynamically loaded plugins, however, it can be used as a library, and it can be extended with custom predicates, filters and/or custom data sources. To create a custom predicate, one needs to implement the PredicateSpec interface in the routing package. Instances of the PredicateSpec are used internally by the routing package to create the actual Predicate objects as referenced in eskip routes, with concrete arguments. Example, randompredicate.go: In the above example, a custom predicate is created, that can be referenced in eskip definitions with the name 'Random': To create a custom filter we need to implement the Spec interface of the filters package. 'Spec' is the specification of a filter, and it is used to create concrete filter instances, while the raw route definitions are processed. Example, hellofilter.go: The above example creates a filter specification, and in the routes where they are included, the filter instances will set the 'X-Hello' header for each and every response. The name of the filter is 'hello', and in a route definition it is referenced as: The easiest way to create a custom Skipper variant is to implement the required filters (as in the example above) by importing the Skipper package, and starting it with the 'Run' command. Example, hello.go: A file containing the routes, routes.eskip: Start the custom router: The 'Run' function in the root Skipper package starts its own listener but it doesn't provide the best composability. The proxy package, however, provides a standard http.Handler, so it is possible to use it in a more complex solution as a building block for routing. Skipper provides detailed logging of failures, and access logs in Apache log format. Skipper also collects detailed performance metrics, and exposes them on a separate listener endpoint for pulling snapshots. For details, see the 'logging' and 'metrics' packages documentation. The router's performance depends on the environment and on the used filters. Under ideal circumstances, and without filters, the biggest time factor is the route lookup. Skipper is able to scale to thousands of routes with logarithmic performance degradation. However, this comes at the cost of increased memory consumption, due to storing the whole lookup tree in a single structure. Benchmarks for the tree lookup can be run by: In case more aggressive scale is needed, it is possible to setup Skipper in a cascade model, with multiple Skipper instances for specific route segments.

Package chromedp is a high level Chrome DevTools Protocol client that simplifies driving browsers for scraping, unit testing, or profiling web pages using the CDP. chromedp requires no third-party dependencies, implementing the async Chrome DevTools Protocol entirely in Go. This package includes a number of simple examples. Additionally, https://github.com/chromedp/examples contains more complex examples.

Package xgbutil is a utility library designed to make common tasks with the X server easier. The central design choice that has driven development is to hide the complexity of X wherever possible but expose it when necessary. For example, the xevent package provides an implementation of an X event loop that acts as a dispatcher to event handlers set up with the xevent, keybind and mousebind packages. At the same time, the event queue is exposed and can be modified using xevent.Peek and xevent.DequeueAt. The xgbutil package is considerably small, and only contains some type definitions and the initial setup for an X connection. Much of the functionality of xgbutil comes from its sub-packages. Each sub-package is appropriately documented. xgbutil is go-gettable: XGB is the main dependency, and is required for all packages inside xgbutil. graphics-go and freetype-go are also required if using the xgraphics package. A quick example to demonstrate that xgbutil is working correctly: The output will be a list of names of all top-level windows and their geometry including window manager decorations. (Assuming your window manager supports some basic EWMH properties.) The examples directory contains a sizable number of examples demonstrating common tasks with X. They are intended to demonstrate a single thing each, although a few that require setup are necessarily long. Each example is heavily documented. The examples directory should be your first stop when learning how to use xgbutil. xgbutil is also used heavily throughout my window manager, Wingo. It may be useful reference material. Wingo project page: https://github.com/eankeen/wingo While I am fairly confident that XGB is thread safe, I am only somewhat confident that xgbutil is thread safe. It simply has not been tested enough for my confidence to be higher. Note that the xevent package's X event loop is not concurrent. Namely, designing a generally concurrent X event loop is extremely complex. Instead, the onus is on you, the user, to design concurrent callback functions if concurrency is desired.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

SQL Schema migration tool for Go. Key features: To install the library and command line program, use the following: The main command is called sql-migrate. Each command requires a configuration file (which defaults to dbconfig.yml, but can be specified with the -config flag). This config file should specify one or more environments: The `table` setting is optional and will default to `gorp_migrations`. The environment that will be used can be specified with the -env flag (defaults to development). Use the --help flag in combination with any of the commands to get an overview of its usage: The up command applies all available migrations. By contrast, down will only apply one migration by default. This behavior can be changed for both by using the -limit parameter. The redo command will unapply the last migration and reapply it. This is useful during development, when you're writing migrations. Use the status command to see the state of the applied migrations: Import sql-migrate into your application: Set up a source of migrations, this can be from memory, from a set of files or from bindata (more on that later): Then use the Exec function to upgrade your database: Note that n can be greater than 0 even if there is an error: any migration that succeeded will remain applied even if a later one fails. The full set of capabilities can be found in the API docs below. Migrations are defined in SQL files, which contain a set of SQL statements. Special comments are used to distinguish up and down migrations. You can put multiple statements in each block, as long as you end them with a semicolon (;). If you have complex statements which contain semicolons, use StatementBegin and StatementEnd to indicate boundaries: The order in which migrations are applied is defined through the filename: sql-migrate will sort migrations based on their name. It's recommended to use an increasing version number or a timestamp as the first part of the filename. Normally each migration is run within a transaction in order to guarantee that it is fully atomic. However some SQL commands (for example creating an index concurrently in PostgreSQL) cannot be executed inside a transaction. In order to execute such a command in a migration, the migration can be run using the notransaction option: If you like your Go applications self-contained (that is: a single binary): use bindata (https://github.com/jteeuwen/go-bindata) to embed the migration files. Just write your migration files as usual, as a set of SQL files in a folder. Then use bindata to generate a .go file with the migrations embedded: The resulting bindata.go file will contain your migrations. Remember to regenerate your bindata.go file whenever you add/modify a migration (go generate will help here, once it arrives). Use the AssetMigrationSource in your application to find the migrations: Both Asset and AssetDir are functions provided by bindata. Then proceed as usual. Adding a new migration source means implementing MigrationSource. The resulting slice of migrations will be executed in the given order, so it should usually be sorted by the Id field.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.

Package fetchbot provides a simple and flexible web crawler that follows the robots.txt policies and crawl delays. It is very much a rewrite of gocrawl (https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/gocrawl) with a simpler API, less features built-in, but at the same time more flexibility. As for Go itself, sometimes less is more! To install, simply run in a terminal: The package has a single external dependency, robotstxt (https://github.com/temoto/robotstxt-go). It also integrates code from the iq package (https://github.com/kylelemons/iq). The API documentation is available on godoc.org (http://godoc.org/github.com/PuerkitoBio/fetchbot). The following example (taken from /example/short/main.go) shows how to create and start a Fetcher, one way to send commands, and how to stop the fetcher once all commands have been handled. A more complex and complete example can be found in the repository, at /example/full/. Basically, a Fetcher is an instance of a web crawler, independent of other Fetchers. It receives Commands via the Queue, executes the requests, and calls a Handler to process the responses. A Command is an interface that tells the Fetcher which URL to fetch, and which HTTP method to use (i.e. "GET", "HEAD", ...). A call to Fetcher.Start() returns the Queue associated with this Fetcher. This is the thread-safe object that can be used to send commands, or to stop the crawler. Both the Command and the Handler are interfaces, and may be implemented in various ways. They are defined like so: A Context is a struct that holds the Command and the Queue, so that the Handler always knows which Command initiated this call, and has a handle to the Queue. A Handler is similar to the net/http Handler, and middleware-style combinations can be built on top of it. A HandlerFunc type is provided so that simple functions with the right signature can be used as Handlers (like net/http.HandlerFunc), and there is also a multiplexer Mux that can be used to dispatch calls to different Handlers based on some criteria. The Fetcher recognizes a number of interfaces that the Command may implement, for more advanced needs. * BasicAuthProvider: Implement this interface to specify the basic authentication credentials to set on the request. * CookiesProvider: If the Command implements this interface, the provided Cookies will be set on the request. * HeaderProvider: Implement this interface to specify the headers to set on the request. * ReaderProvider: Implement this interface to set the body of the request, via an io.Reader. * ValuesProvider: Implement this interface to set the body of the request, as form-encoded values. If the Content-Type is not specifically set via a HeaderProvider, it is set to "application/x-www-form-urlencoded". ReaderProvider and ValuesProvider should be mutually exclusive as they both set the body of the request. If both are implemented, the ReaderProvider interface is used. * Handler: Implement this interface if the Command's response should be handled by a specific callback function. By default, the response is handled by the Fetcher's Handler, but if the Command implements this, this handler function takes precedence and the Fetcher's Handler is ignored. Since the Command is an interface, it can be a custom struct that holds additional information, such as an ID for the URL (e.g. from a database), or a depth counter so that the crawling stops at a certain depth, etc. For basic commands that don't require additional information, the package provides the Cmd struct that implements the Command interface. This is the Command implementation used when using the various Queue.SendString\* methods. There is also a convenience HandlerCmd struct for the commands that should be handled by a specific callback function. It is a Command with a Handler interface implementation. The Fetcher has a number of fields that provide further customization: * HttpClient : By default, the Fetcher uses the net/http default Client to make requests. A different client can be set on the Fetcher.HttpClient field. * CrawlDelay : That value is used only if there is no delay specified by the robots.txt of a given host. * UserAgent : Sets the user agent string to use for the requests and to validate against the robots.txt entries. * WorkerIdleTTL : Sets the duration that a worker goroutine can wait without receiving new commands to fetch. If the idle time-to-live is reached, the worker goroutine is stopped and its resources are released. This can be especially useful for long-running crawlers. * AutoClose : If true, closes the queue automatically once the number of active hosts reach 0. * DisablePoliteness : If true, ignores the robots.txt policies of the hosts. What fetchbot doesn't do - especially compared to gocrawl - is that it doesn't keep track of already visited URLs, and it doesn't normalize the URLs. This is outside the scope of this package - all commands sent on the Queue will be fetched. Normalization can easily be done (e.g. using https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/purell) before sending the Command to the Fetcher. How to keep track of visited URLs depends on the use-case of the specific crawler, but for an example, see /example/full/main.go. The BSD 3-Clause license (http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause), the same as the Go language. The iq_slice.go file is under the CDDL-1.0 license (details in the source file).

Package p9p implements a compliant 9P2000 client and server library for use in modern, production Go services. This package differentiates itself in that is has departed from the plan 9 implementation primitives and better follows idiomatic Go style. The package revolves around the session type, which is an enumeration of raw 9p message calls. A few calls, such as flush and version, have been elided, deferring their usage to the server implementation. Sessions can be trivially proxied through clients and servers. The best place to get started is with Serve. Serve can be provided a connection and a handler. A typical implementation will call Serve as part of a listen/accept loop. As each network connection is created, Serve can be called with a handler for the specific connection. The handler can be implemented with a Session via the Dispatch function or can generate sessions for dispatch in response to client messages. (See cmd/9ps for an example) On the client side, NewSession provides a 9p session from a connection. After a version negotiation, methods can be called on the session, in parallel, and calls will be sent over the connection. Call timeouts can be controlled via the context provided to each method call. This package has the beginning of a nice client-server framework for working with 9p. Some of the abstractions aren't entirely fleshed out, but most of this can center around the Handler. Missing from this are a number of tools for implementing 9p servers. The most glaring are directory read and walk helpers. Other, more complex additions might be a system to manage in memory filesystem trees that expose multi-user sessions. The largest difference between this package and other 9p packages is simplification of the types needed to implement a server. To avoid confusing bugs and odd behavior, the components are separated by each level of the protocol. One example is that requests and responses are separated and they no longer hold mutable state. This means that framing, transport management, encoding, and dispatching are componentized. Little work will be required to swap out encodings, transports or connection implementations. This package has been wired from top to bottom to support context-based resource management. Everything from startup to shutdown can have timeouts using contexts. Not all close methods are fully in place, but we are very close to having controlled, predictable cleanup for both servers and clients. Timeouts can be very granular or very course, depending on the context of the timeout. For example, it is very easy to set a short timeout for a stat call but a long timeout for reading data. Currently, there is not multiversion support. The hooks and functionality are in place to add multi-version support. Generally, the correct space to do this is in the codec. Types, such as Dir, simply need to be extended to support the possibility of extra fields. The real question to ask here is what is the role of the version number in the 9p protocol. It really comes down to the level of support required. Do we just need it at the protocol level, or do handlers and sessions need to be have differently based on negotiated versions? This package has a number of TODOs to make it easier to use. Most of the existing code provides a solid base to work from. Don't be discouraged by the sawdust. In addition, the testing is embarassingly lacking. With time, we can get full testing going and ensure we have confidence in the implementation.

Package validator implements value validations for structs and individual fields based on tags. It can also handle Cross-Field and Cross-Struct validation for nested structs and has the ability to dive into arrays and maps of any type. see more examples https://github.com/go-playground/validator/tree/v9/_examples Doing things this way is actually the way the standard library does, see the file.Open method here: The authors return type "error" to avoid the issue discussed in the following, where err is always != nil: Validator only InvalidValidationError for bad validation input, nil or ValidationErrors as type error; so, in your code all you need to do is check if the error returned is not nil, and if it's not check if error is InvalidValidationError ( if necessary, most of the time it isn't ) type cast it to type ValidationErrors like so err.(validator.ValidationErrors). Custom Validation functions can be added. Example: Cross-Field Validation can be done via the following tags: If, however, some custom cross-field validation is required, it can be done using a custom validation. Why not just have cross-fields validation tags (i.e. only eqcsfield and not eqfield)? The reason is efficiency. If you want to check a field within the same struct "eqfield" only has to find the field on the same struct (1 level). But, if we used "eqcsfield" it could be multiple levels down. Example: Multiple validators on a field will process in the order defined. Example: Bad Validator definitions are not handled by the library. Example: Baked In Cross-Field validation only compares fields on the same struct. If Cross-Field + Cross-Struct validation is needed you should implement your own custom validator. Comma (",") is the default separator of validation tags. If you wish to have a comma included within the parameter (i.e. excludesall=,) you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x2C, which is replaced in the code as a comma, so the above will become excludesall=0x2C. Pipe ("|") is the 'or' validation tags deparator. If you wish to have a pipe included within the parameter i.e. excludesall=| you will need to use the UTF-8 hex representation 0x7C, which is replaced in the code as a pipe, so the above will become excludesall=0x7C Here is a list of the current built in validators: Tells the validation to skip this struct field; this is particularly handy in ignoring embedded structs from being validated. (Usage: -) This is the 'or' operator allowing multiple validators to be used and accepted. (Usage: rbg|rgba) <-- this would allow either rgb or rgba colors to be accepted. This can also be combined with 'and' for example ( Usage: omitempty,rgb|rgba) When a field that is a nested struct is encountered, and contains this flag any validation on the nested struct will be run, but none of the nested struct fields will be validated. This is useful if inside of your program you know the struct will be valid, but need to verify it has been assigned. NOTE: only "required" and "omitempty" can be used on a struct itself. Same as structonly tag except that any struct level validations will not run. Allows conditional validation, for example if a field is not set with a value (Determined by the "required" validator) then other validation such as min or max won't run, but if a value is set validation will run. This tells the validator to dive into a slice, array or map and validate that level of the slice, array or map with the validation tags that follow. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to dive will require another dive tag. dive has some sub-tags, 'keys' & 'endkeys', please see the Keys & EndKeys section just below. Example #1 Example #2 Keys & EndKeys These are to be used together directly after the dive tag and tells the validator that anything between 'keys' and 'endkeys' applies to the keys of a map and not the values; think of it like the 'dive' tag, but for map keys instead of values. Multidimensional nesting is also supported, each level you wish to validate will require another 'keys' and 'endkeys' tag. These tags are only valid for maps. Example #1 Example #2 This validates that the value is not the data types default zero value. For numbers ensures value is not zero. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. The field under validation must be present and not empty only if any of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only if all of the other specified fields are present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when any of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Examples: The field under validation must be present and not empty only when all of the other specified fields are not present. For strings ensures value is not "". For slices, maps, pointers, interfaces, channels and functions ensures the value is not nil. Example: This validates that the value is the default value and is almost the opposite of required. For numbers, length will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is exactly that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, max will ensure that the value is less than or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at most that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For numbers, min will ensure that the value is greater or equal to the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is at least that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, eq will ensure that the value is equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings & numbers, ne will ensure that the value is not equal to the parameter given. For slices, arrays, and maps, validates the number of items. For strings, ints, and uints, oneof will ensure that the value is one of the values in the parameter. The parameter should be a list of values separated by whitespace. Values may be strings or numbers. For numbers, this will ensure that the value is greater than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is greater than that number of characters. For slices, arrays and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'min' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is greater than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). For numbers, this will ensure that the value is less than the parameter given. For strings, it checks that the string length is less than that number of characters. For slices, arrays, and maps it validates the number of items. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than time.Now.UTC(). Same as 'max' above. Kept both to make terminology with 'len' easier. Example #1 Example #2 (time.Time) For time.Time ensures the time value is less than or equal to time.Now.UTC(). This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Example #1: Example #2: Field Equals Another Field (relative) This does the same as eqfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. Examples: Field Does Not Equal Another Field (relative) This does the same as nefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as gtefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltfield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. Only valid for Numbers and time.Time types, this will validate the field value against another fields value either within a struct or passed in field. usage examples are for validation of a Start and End date: Example #1: Example #2: This does the same as ltefield except that it validates the field provided relative to the top level struct. This does the same as contains except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. This does the same as excludes except for struct fields. It should only be used with string types. See the behavior of reflect.Value.String() for behavior on other types. For arrays & slices, unique will ensure that there are no duplicates. For maps, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values. For slices of struct, unique will ensure that there are no duplicate values in a field of the struct specified via a parameter. This validates that a string value contains ASCII alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains ASCII alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alpha characters only This validates that a string value contains unicode alphanumeric characters only This validates that a string value contains a basic numeric value. basic excludes exponents etc... for integers or float it returns true. This validates that a string value contains a valid hexadecimal. This validates that a string value contains a valid hex color including hashtag (#) This validates that a string value contains a valid rgb color This validates that a string value contains a valid rgba color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsl color This validates that a string value contains a valid hsla color This validates that a string value contains a valid email This may not conform to all possibilities of any rfc standard, but neither does any email provider accept all possibilities. This validates that a string value contains a valid file path and that the file exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. This validates that a string value contains a valid url This will accept any url the golang request uri accepts but must contain a schema for example http:// or rtmp:// This validates that a string value contains a valid uri This will accept any uri the golang request uri accepts This validataes that a string value contains a valid URN according to the RFC 2141 spec. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 value. Although an empty string is valid base64 this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid base64 URL safe value according the the RFC4648 spec. Although an empty string is a valid base64 URL safe value, this will report an empty string as an error, if you wish to accept an empty string as valid you can use this with the omitempty tag. This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches one of the three formats P2PKH, P2SH and performs checksum validation. Bitcoin Bech32 Address (segwit) This validates that a string value contains a valid bitcoin Bech32 address as defined by bip-0173 (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0173.mediawiki) Special thanks to Pieter Wuille for providng reference implementations. This validates that a string value contains a valid ethereum address. The format of the string is checked to ensure it matches the standard Ethereum address format Full validation is blocked by https://github.com/golang/crypto/pull/28 This validates that a string value contains the substring value. This validates that a string value contains any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value contains the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value does not contain the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain any Unicode code points in the substring value. This validates that a string value does not contain the supplied rune value. This validates that a string value starts with the supplied string value This validates that a string value ends with the supplied string value This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 or isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn10 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid isbn13 value. This validates that a string value contains a valid UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 3 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid3_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 4 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid4_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains a valid version 5 UUID. Uppercase UUID values will not pass - use `uuid5_rfc4122` instead. This validates that a string value contains only ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains only printable ASCII characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains one or more multibyte characters. NOTE: if the string is blank, this validates as true. This validates that a string value contains a valid DataURI. NOTE: this will also validate that the data portion is valid base64 This validates that a string value contains a valid latitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid longitude. This validates that a string value contains a valid U.S. Social Security Number. This validates that a string value contains a valid IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v4 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid v6 CIDR Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 TCP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 UDP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v4 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid resolvable v6 IP Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid Unix Address. This validates that a string value contains a valid MAC Address. Note: See Go's ParseMAC for accepted formats and types: This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 952 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 This validates that a string value is a valid Hostname according to RFC 1123 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 Full Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) This validates that a string value contains a valid FQDN. This validates that a string value appears to be an HTML element tag including those described at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Element This validates that a string value is a proper character reference in decimal or hexadecimal format This validates that a string value is percent-encoded (URL encoded) according to https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-2.1 This validates that a string value contains a valid directory and that it exists on the machine. This is done using os.Stat, which is a platform independent function. NOTE: When returning an error, the tag returned in "FieldError" will be the alias tag unless the dive tag is part of the alias. Everything after the dive tag is not reported as the alias tag. Also, the "ActualTag" in the before case will be the actual tag within the alias that failed. Here is a list of the current built in alias tags: Validator notes: A collection of validation rules that are frequently needed but are more complex than the ones found in the baked in validators. A non standard validator must be registered manually like you would with your own custom validation functions. Example of registration and use: Here is a list of the current non standard validators: This package panics when bad input is provided, this is by design, bad code like that should not make it to production.